Quarterlytics / Asset Management / Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited

Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited

bsif · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker bsif
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Asset Management
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
© 2024. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
COMPANY REGISTRATION NO: 56708 
30 JUNE 2024
Annual Report 
and Financial Statements
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 

Table of Contents
	 76	
Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities
	 77	
Responsibility Statement of the Directors 
	
	
in Respect of the Annual Report 
	 78	
Corporate Governance Report 
 
	 86	
Report of the Audit and Risk Commitee
	 91	
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members 	
	
	
of Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
	 97	
Statement of Financial Position
	
	 98	
Statement of Comprehensive Income
	 99	
Statement of Changes in Equity
	100	
Statement of Cash Flows
	101	
Notes to the Financial Statements 
	
	
for the year ended 30 June 2024
	
	118	
Glossary of Defined Terms
	122	
Alternative Performance Measures 
	124 	
Annex – SFDR Periodic Disclosures
	
02 	
General Information
	
03 	
Highlights
	
04 
Results Summary
05 	
Corporate Summary 
	
06 	
Chair’s Statement
	
10 	
The Company’s Investment Portfolio	
11
	 Analysis of the Company’s 
	
Investment Portfolio	
12
	 Report of the Investment Adviser
30 	
Environmental, Social and Governance Report
49 	
Task Force for Climate-related Financial 	
Disclosures (TCFD)	
57 	
Strategic Report 
71 	
Report of the Directors
75 	
Board of Directors 
01
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MERIEL LENFESTEY
Chair of Environmental, 
Social and Governance 
Committee
General Information
JAMES ARMSTRONG
Managing Partner
NEIL WOOD
Partner
PAUL LE PAGE 
Retired 
30 September 2023
Registered Office	
PO Box 286, 
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court, 
Les Banques, 
St Peter Port, 
Guernsey, GY1 4LY
Investment Adviser
Bluefield Partners LLP
6 New Street Square
London, EC4A 3BF
CHRIS WALDRON 
Chair of Management 
Engagement and Service 
Providers Committee
Appointed 1 December 2023
JOHN SCOTT 
Chair and Chair of 
Nomination Committee 
GIOVANNI TERRANOVA
Managing Partner
ELIZABETH BURNE 
Chair Audit and Risk 
Committee
MICHAEL GIBBONS
Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of 
Remuneration Committee
Administrator, Company Secretary & Designated Manager
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited 
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, 
St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4LY
Independent Auditor
KPMG Channel Islands Limited
Glategny Court, Glategny Esplanade
St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 1WR
Registrar
Computershare Investor Services (Guernsey) Limited
13 Castle Street, St Helier
Jersey, JE1 1ES
Sponsor, Broker & Financial Adviser
Deutsche Numis
45 Gresham Street
London, EC2V 7BF
Legal Advisers to the Company (as to English law)
Norton Rose Fulbright LLP
3 More London Riverside
London, SE1 2AQ
Legal Advisers to the Company (as to Guernsey law)
Carey Olsen
PO Box 98, Carey House, Les Banques, 
St Peter Port , Guernsey, GY1 4BZ
Principal Bankers
NatWest International plc
35 High Street, St Peter Port
Guernsey, GY1 4BE
Board of Directors (all non-executive)
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
02

ESG Highlights 
•	 Undertook a second physical scenario analysis to examine the potential 
impacts of changing wind speeds on the Company’s wind portfolio. 
•	 Developed near-term net zero targets, covering the Company’s scope 1, 2 and 
3 emissions.
•	 Developed a nature framework, aligned with the recommendations of the Task 
Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (“TNFD”).
Net Asset Value (NAV)
NAV per Share
Dividend Target per Share
Actual Dividend Declared
Underlying 
Earnings1 
(pre amortisation of debt)
£94.6m £108.4m
Highlights
As at 30 June 2024 / 30 June 2023
1. 	 Underlying earnings is an alternative performance measure employed by the Company to provide insight to 
the Shareholders by linking the underlying financial performance of the operational projects to the dividends 
declared and paid by the Company. It is defined in the Alternative Performance Measure appendix.
2. 	 Total Shareholder Return is based on share price movement and dividends paid in the year. It is defined in the 
Alternative Performance Measure appendix.
3. 	 Total Return is based on the NAV movement and dividends paid in the year. It is defined in the Alternative 
Performance Measure appendix.
4. 	 Performance relates to the Company’s 100% owned portfolio
5.	 Based on Ofgem’s Typical Domestic Consumption Values (TDCV). The TDCV has reduced, hence this metric has 
increased despite a decrease in generation compared with the previous year.
6. 	 Based on generation data aligned with the relevant 2024 Government CO2e conversion factor. In the current Year, 
the Company reported avoided emissions on a gross basis, reflecting its equity share in investments but without 
allocating any avoided emissions to debt finance providers.
Total Shareholder 
Return in year2
-4.67% -2.03%
Total Return
in year3
-0.83% 5.45%
Total return to 
Shareholders since IPO
84.19% 89.79% 
Underlying Earnings 
per share available for 
distribution1 1 
(post amortisation of debt) 
10.57p 14.74p
Underlying Earnings 
per share1 
(pre amortisation of debt) 
15.51p 17.72p
Construction and Development Pipeline
•	 93 MW under construction
•	 774 MW approved
•	 375 MW in planning
•	 315 MW potential capacity
1.56 GW
(954 MW Solar, 
603 MW battery)
Generated 
810,602 MWh of 
renewable energy
(June 2023: 836,231 MWh)
Powered the 
equivalent of 300,000 
UK homes5
(June 2023: 288,000)
Avoided 167,800 
tonnes of 
CO2e emissions6 
 (June 2023: 173,000)
}
Environmental, Social 
and Governance (ESG)
ESG KPI’s4
£781.6m / £854.2m
129.75p / 139.70p
8.80pps / 8.40pps (actual)
8.80pps / 8.60pps (actual)
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
03

Results Summary
1.	Underlying earnings is an alternative performance measure employed by the Company to provide insight to the Shareholders by 
linking the underlying financial performance of the operational projects to the dividends declared and paid by the Company. It 
is defined in the Alternative Performance Measure appendix.
2. Total underlying EPS is calculated using underlying earnings available for distribution, including unutilised prior year underlying 
earnings per share carried forward, divided by the average number of shares
3. Total return is based on NAV per share movement and dividends paid in the year.
4. Total Shareholder Return is based on share price movement and dividends paid in the year.
5. Total Shareholder Return since inception is based on share price movement and dividends paid since the IPO. 
For the year ended 
30 June 2024
For the year ended 
30 June 2023
Total operating income
(£7,410,520)
£49,069,809
Total comprehensive income before tax
(£9,600,983)
£46,793,621
Total underlying earnings (pre amortisation of debt)1
£94,580,146
£108,367,331
Earnings per share (per page 62)
(1.57p)
7.65p
Underlying EPS available for distribution2 
12.00p
18.13p
Total declared dividends per share for year 
8.80p
8.60p
Underlying earnings per share carried forward (See page 22)
3.40p
9.53p
NAV per share 
129.75p
139.70p
Share price at 30 June 
105.60p
120.00p
Total return3
(0.83)%
5.45%
Total Shareholder Return4 
(4.67)%
(2.03)%
Total Shareholder Return since inception5 
84.19%
89.79%
Dividends per share paid since inception
78.59p
69.79p
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
04

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The investment objective of the Company is to provide 
Shareholders with an attractive return, principally 
in the form of regular income distributions, by being 
invested primarily in solar energy assets located in 
the UK. The Company also invests a minority of its 
capital into other renewable assets including wind and 
energy storage.
STRUCTURE
The Company is a non-cellular company limited by 
shares incorporated in Guernsey under the Law on 
29 May 2013. The Company’s registration number is 
56708, and it is regulated by the GFSC as a registered 
closed-ended collective investment scheme and as 
a Green Fund after successful application under the 
Guernsey Green Fund Rules to the GFSC on 16 April 
2019. The Company’s Ordinary Shares were admitted 
to the Premium Segment of the Official List and to 
trading on the Main Market of the LSE following its 
IPO on 12 July 2013. On 29 July 2024, the UK Listing 
Rules were updated and as a result, the Company is 
now a member of the Equity Shares in Commercial 
Companies (“ESCC”) category. The issued capital 
during the year comprises the Company’s Ordinary 
Shares denominated in Sterling.
The Company makes its investments via its wholly 
owned subsidiary (Bluefield Renewables 1 Limited) 
and has the ability to use long term and short term 
debt at the holding company level, as well as having 
long term, non-recourse debt at the SPV level.
Corporate Summary 
INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Investment Adviser to the Company during the 
year was Bluefield Partners LLP which is authorised 
and regulated by the UK FCA under the number 
507508. 
In May 2015, Bluefield Services Limited (BSL), a 
company with the same ownership as the Investment 
Adviser, commenced providing asset management 
services to the investment SPVs held by the Company’s 
wholly owned UK subsidiary, Bluefield Renewables 1 
Limited (BR1). 
In August 2017 Bluefield Operations Limited (BOL), a 
company with the same ownership as the Investment 
Adviser, 
commenced 
providing 
operation 
and 
maintenance services to the Company and provides 
services to approximately 80% of the capacity of
the investment portfolio held by the Company as at 
year-end. 
In December 2020, Bluefield Renewable Developments 
Limited (BRD), a company with the same ownership 
as the Investment Adviser, commenced providing 
BSIF with new build development opportunities in 
addition to arrangements in place with the Company’s 
other development partners. 
In October 2023, Bluefield Construction Management 
Limited (BCM), a company with the same ownership 
as the investment adviser, commenced providing 
BSIF with construction management services on the 
new build portfolio.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
05

INTRODUCTION
The year ended 30 June 2024 (the “Year”) has 
produced many challenges for your Company and its 
Investment Adviser. Despite a political environment 
which is strongly supportive of renewable electricity, 
our shares – along with all others in our sector - have 
traded at a persistent discount to underlying NAV, 
effectively preventing us from raising fresh capital in 
the stock market, a strategy which has served us and 
our Shareholders well for the first ten years of our 
existence. This is a problem to which I referred last 
year, and I am sorry to report that, with discounts 
widening across the sector, in the intervening twelve 
months the issue has become more acute; at one point, 
BSIF’s discount exceeded 25%. We have therefore 
adopted a fresh approach to the twin questions of: 
from where do we access the funds needed to finance 
our growth; and what is the optimum allocation of the 
capital resources available to us?
BSIF’s operating performance, which saw generation 
fall by 3%, was hampered by two factors. We suffered 
from a number of planned outages as inverters were 
replaced by newer and more reliable designs. The 
other factor was the weather, the Year in question 
seeing irradiation levels which were some 4.3% below 
expectations. Those who can remember the water-
logged months of July/August 2023 and May/June 
2024 will probably be surprised that the shortfall is 
not greater. 
Chair’s Statement
The most important development for BSIF, announced 
in December 2023, is our broad partnership with GLIL 
Infrastructure (“GLIL”), whereby we agreed under 
Phase One to co-invest in the acquisition of a 247MW 
portfolio of UK solar assets; and, in Phase Two, to sell 
to GLIL a 50% stake in one of our existing portfolios 
of operating solar assets, a transaction that was 
concluded in September 2024. As well as providing the 
Company with capital to invest in new developments, 
it has also allowed us to reduce our floating rate debt.
In light of the discount at which our shares have 
been trading, in February 2024 we announced a 
share buyback programme. Between the beginning 
of March and 30 June 2024, BSIF bought back over 
9 million of its own shares at a cost of approximately 
£9.4 million. Buying at a discount to NAV added 0.4 
pps to the Company’s net asset value and the shares 
repurchased are held in treasury. Since Year end, 
we have continued to buy back shares and as at 26 
September we have repurchased over 14 million 
shares and the discount stands at approximately 18%.
Although we did not complete any new solar projects 
during the Year, two of our largest solar investments 
– Mauxhall Farm (44.4MW) and Yelvertoft (48.4MW) 
– were energised at the end of July 2024 and the 
beginning of August 2024, respectively. Currently, our 
total generating capacity (including our 50% share in 
the assets which were the subject of Phase Two of our 
strategic partnership with GLIL) stands at 883MW, 
comprising 824.7MW of solar and 58.3MW of wind.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
06

Underlying Earnings and Dividends 
The Underlying Earnings for the Year, before amortisation of 
long-term debt, were £94.6 million, or 15.5pps, and underlying 
earnings available for distribution, post debt repayments of 
£30.1m (4.9pps), were £64.5. million (10.6pps). Thus, the 
Company has earned comfortably in excess of its total dividend 
of 8.80pps for the Year.
 
This has enabled the declaration of a fourth interim dividend 
of 2.20pps, bringing the total dividend for the Year to 8.80pps 
(Prior Year: 8.60pps); the yield on our shares - based on a share 
price of 106.40pps on 26 September 2024 - is 8.3%. The Board 
has set a target dividend for the year ended 30 June 2025 of 
not less than 8.90pps. This extends our record of progressive 
increases, and reflects our intention to repay borrowings and 
continue a programme of share buybacks, while also investing 
in the development of our pipeline to generate and store electric 
energy.
Valuation and Discount Rate 
There has been considerable activity in the secondary market 
for renewable electricity projects; demand for solar portfolios 
remains strong, providing ample evidence to validate the asset 
values adopted by BSIF. Prices seen in the market over the past 
two years range between £1.20m/MW and £1.45m/MW and over 
1GW of operational capacity has been brought to market in the 
Year.
Some of this activity involves BSIF as a seller of operating 
solar investments; by entering into its partnership with us, 
GLIL acquired a 50% stake in a selection of BSIF’s solar assets 
in Phase Two of the strategic partnership, for a price which 
values the 112MW portfolio at circa £140 million. The financial 
assumptions underlying this transaction are consistent with those 
used by the Company in publishing its latest NAV of 129.75pps 
as at 30 June 2024. The portfolio discount rate is unchanged at 
8% for the valuation and the enterprise value of the Company’s 
operational portfolio is £1,136.5m, representing £1.24m/MW for 
the solar assets (30 June 2023: £1.35m/MW).
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR
•	Total generation of the 100% owned portfolio, at 811GWh, fell by 3% as compared with the 
836GWh generated in the year ended 30 June 2023; 
•	Total declared dividends for the Year increased to 8.80pps, in line with our previously declared 
target (30 June 2023: 8.60pps) and with dividends covered 1.36 times by current earnings;
•	Irradiation was 4.3% below expectations and we suffered from significant plant downtime, 
largely on account of planned inverter replacements;
•	Our income rose 3.1%, despite spot electricity prices falling - thanks to contracts struck 
earlier and to our high proportion of regulated and inflation-linked revenues;
•	On 25 January 2024, the Company announced the completion of Phase One of its strategic 
partnership with GLIL, which was an investment of £20 million of equity, alongside £200 
million from GLIL, to fund the acquisition of a 246.6MW portfolio of UK solar assets;
•	Subsequent to our Year end, we have completed Phase Two of our partnership with GLIL, 
comprising the sale of a 50% stake in a 112.2MW portfolio of operating solar assets, resulting 
in a payment to BSIF of circa £70 million, of which £50.5 million was used to repay the 
Company’s Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’). Following completion, the Company’s equity 
stake in the combined portfolios increased to approximately 25%;
•	Work on the Company’s development pipeline continued, with planning consents being 
secured on 223MW of solar projects and 90MW of battery projects, while the wider pipeline 
grew to 954MW of solar and 603MW of battery storage;
•	The NAV per share fell to 129.75pps (30 June 2023: 139.70pps), the reduction reflecting 
lower long term electricity prices and lower inflation expectations;
•	BSIF’s shares traded at a persistent discount to NAV, the closing price on 30 June 2024 being 
19% below the NAV (30 June 2023: 14% discount);
•	Subsequent to 30 June 2024, two major solar plants, with a combined capacity of 92.8MW, 
were energised. 
At the Year end, the Group’s total outstanding debt stood at £607 million, with leverage at 43% 
of GAV (30 June 2023: 41% of GAV).
CHAIR’S STATEMENT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
07

Inflation
UK inflation has abated in the past year; in June 2023 
RPI inflation was running at 10.7%, whereas this fell to 
2.9% for June 2024. On a CPI basis, the figures were 
7.9% and 2.0%, respectively. Sterling interest rates, 
however, have been slower to fall. In August 2024 the 
Bank of England reduced Base Rate by just 0.25%, to 
5.00%, and the UK 5 year gilt rate is now below 4%, 
down from approximately 4.5% one year ago. 
BSIF is a net beneficiary of inflation, since our regulated 
income is index-linked, boosting our revenues from 
ROCs and FiTs faster than the increase in our operating 
costs. The Company also adopts a prudent approach 
to leverage, with most of our debt being fixed at the 
historically low interest rates which prevailed until 
2022; lower interest rates assist BSIF by reducing the 
cost of our revolving credit facility. 
Power Prices
Spot electricity prices have softened considerably in the 
Year, but the Company’s PPA strategy of fixing power 
prices for between one and three years in advance has 
allowed the Company to benefit from power contracts 
which are insulating the Company from short term 
price weakness. The average weighted prices for these 
contracts were £149/MWh for June 2024 (June 2023: 
£230/MWh).
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
I am pleased to say that our significantly enhanced 
ESG reporting has been well received by Shareholders 
and other commentators. We continue to build on our 
approach and once again I express BSIF’s appreciation 
for the work done by the Investment Adviser to align 
the Company with best practice in this field. This year 
is the Company’s second year of implementing and 
monitoring its ESG performance against its KPIs and 
further information is available on page 45. 
Capital allocation and gearing
As noted earlier, with BSIF’s shares trading at a 
significant discount, we continue to buy back our own 
shares on a regular basis and, since the commencement 
of this programme in February, total buybacks now 
exceed 14 million shares, all held in treasury. At the 
same time, we are steadily reducing the balance on our 
RCF and it is the Board’s intention, within the constraints 
of the resources available to the Company, to persevere 
with both programmes.
The Board
As noted in our Interim Report, in November 2023 
Chris Waldron joined the BSIF Board as a non-executive 
director.
Having been a member of this Board since the flotation 
of the Company in 2013, I intend to retire in 2025. 
Thus, the forthcoming AGM will be the final time I shall 
be seeking re-election to the Board. The Board is at an 
advanced stage of an exercise, involving an external 
search agency, to identify an additional director to be 
appointed during our current financial year.
SOLAR PV AT ASHLAWN
CHAIR’S STATEMENT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
08

The AGM
The Company’s Annual General Meeting will take 
place at 10.30am on 6 December 2024 at Floor 2, 
Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, St Peter Port, Guernsey. 
Shareholders who are unable to be present in person 
are encouraged to submit questions in advance of the 
meeting. 
Conclusion
BSIF is required every five years to give Shareholders 
the opportunity to vote for the continuation or otherwise 
of the Company.  Your Board was delighted when the 
vote held at the 2023 AGM resulted in a 98.56% vote 
in support of the continuation of the Company and 
we interpret this as a strong vote of confidence in our 
business and in our Investment Adviser, Bluefield 
Partners. 
It is clear from their early weeks in office that the 
incoming Labour Government regards the expansion 
of indigenously produced renewable energy as one 
of its priorities and recent announcements regarding 
investment in significantly increased grid capacity 
suggest to us that they are entirely serious about 
fostering a three-fold increase in solar power by 2030 
and that the opportunities for our business are legion. 
Our main constraint remains accessing the capital that 
is needed to develop the opportunities that exist. As 
well as our operating portfolio of nearly 900MW of wind 
and solar capacity, BSIF has a significant development 
pipeline, comprising nearly 1GW of solar projects and 
over 600MW of batteries.
Your Company is currently responsible for the generation 
of some 5% of all solar power in the UK and it is our 
intention to participate fully in the planned expansion of 
this resource. The recently established publicly owned 
energy company, Great British Energy, has been designed 
to accelerate clean energy deployment and we welcome 
this, as well as the other initiatives announced to date 
which will support the path to both net zero emissions 
and greater energy security and independence. At the 
same time, the Government recognises the need to 
reform electricity market arrangements to deliver the 
pace and scale of change required to meet its target of 
decarbonisation of the electricity system and continues 
to assess its options following a second round of 
consultations in May 2024. We are active participants 
in this debate.
Our primary objective for the current year is to progress 
those investments which meet our investment return 
criteria and which can be built and grid connected 
soonest, while working forensically on our existing 
portfolio to improve and update what is there, all with 
the objective of maximising the operating performance. 
We are fortunate to have a very significant volume of 
index-linked regulated revenue which, combined with 
our Investment Adviser’s successful strategy of fixing 
medium term power sales contracts, gives us confidence 
in the prospects for BSIF and our ability to continue to 
provide our Shareholders with a rising dividend.  
John Scott
Chair
27 September 2024
SOLAR PV AT SAXLEY
CHAIR’S STATEMENT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
09

<5MWp
5 - 10MWp
10 - 45MWp
>45MWp
SOLAR PV
MICRO SITES
CONSTRUCTION ASSETS
WIND
SINGLE TURBINE
WIND FARM
<5MWp
5 - 10MWp
10 - 45MWp
STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIP PORTFOLIO
SOLAR PV
NI SINGLE WIND 
TURBINE PORTFOLIO
<5MWp
5 - 10MWp
10 - 45MWp
>45MWp
SOLAR PV
MICRO SITES
CONSTRUCTION ASSETS
WIND
SINGLE TURBINE
WIND FARM
<5MWp
5 - 10MWp
10 - 45MWp
STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIP PORTFOLIO
SOLAR PV
The Company’s 
Investment 
Portfolio 
As at 30 June 2024
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10

Analysis of the Company’s 
Investment 
Portfolio 
As at 30 June 2024
Devon 5.3%
Oxfordshire
7.4%
Norfolk 
12.7%
Kent
6.5%
Dorset 4.6%
Derbyshire 2.0%
Sussex 1.5%
Cambridgeshire 3.8%
Leicestershire 1.3%
Hampshire
8.9%
Gloucestershire 1.7%
Wiltshire 
14.0%
Somerset 4.6%
Other Counties
12.6%
Northern Ireland 1.6%
Cornwall 
6.1%
Lincolnshire 
5.4%
GEOGRAPHICAL
ANALYSIS
ROC Buyout 
32.7%
FiT 
7.0%
PPA
60.3%
REVENUE
TYPE*
Total Development Pipline of 1,557 MW. 
(Please see the Proprietary Pipeline section of 
the Investment Adviser report for further detail)
Solar PV 
954 MW
Battery Storage 
603 MW
DEVELOPMENT 
PIPELINE (MW)
1.5 ROC
0.1%
2.0 ROC
3.4%
1.6 ROC
14.8%
1.4 ROC 
39.7%
1.3 ROC
8.8%
FiT 
9.4%
1.2 ROC
17.6%
4.0 ROC
0.7%
1 ROC 2.0%
0.9 ROC 3.5%
SUBSIDY 
SCHEME
Solar PV 
93.0%
Wind
7.0%
TECHNOLOGY
Note: 
1.	All graphs, except for Development Pipeline, are based on 
the operational portfolio of 834 MW.
2. Revenue Type is based on the Company’s operational 
portfolio and does not include estimated ROC Recycle 
revenue.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11

INTRODUCTION FROM THE MANAGING 
PARTNER OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
In the year to 30 June 2023, the Company delivered the strongest 
earnings in its 10 year history and whilst records cannot be broken 
every year, the financial performance for the period to 30 June 2024 
has once again been strong with the dividend target of 8.80pps 
comfortably covered by in period earnings (net of debt and taxes). 
The Company’s highly successful power price strategy has once again 
delivered material value to shareholders, but for the first time in its 
operating history the portfolio has suffered the twin effects of below 
budget irradiation (-4.3%) and below budget operational performance 
(-5.1%).
Whilst the Board and the Investment Adviser have no control over 
the amount of irradiation and wind speed, it is important to note 
the operational challenges faced by the portfolio are principally the 
result of one-off DNO outages and isolated challenges with particular 
inverter models. 
Report of the 
Investment Adviser
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
12

The Investment Adviser, Bluefield Services and Bluefield 
Operations, have addressed this with a targeted inverter 
replacement programme, investing over £3.6m to June 2024 
and the results of which are already delivering performance 
back towards expectations.  
Stepping outside of the Company, the equity markets over the 
past twelve months have continued to present a challenging 
year for the listed renewables sector. Across the sector, 
Bluefield Solar included, share price discounts to NAVs have 
persisted and so the prospect of capital raises from the equity 
markets has remained unattainable. 
This has presented a multi layered challenge to the Company 
as it balances the need to continue progression of its extensive 
pipeline of development opportunities, to prevent the risk of 
loss of value, whilst simultaneously creating liquidity to reduce 
drawings under the Company’s RCF balance and provide 
support to the Company’s share buyback programme.
2. Share buyback Programme: 
Turning attention to the challenge of the share price 
discount relative to the Company’s NAV, in February 
2024 the Board announced a share buyback programme 
of £20m in order to provide direct support to the share 
price. As at 30 June 2024, the Company had spent 
£9.4m of this allocation. 
Whilst there has been considerable success with the 
various strategic initiatives deployed over the past 
twelve months, the steps that are taken next are just 
as important in ensuring performance of the Company 
continues to match that of the previous decade. What 
does this mean in practice? 
On a direct basis, it means reviewing options for 
prospective disposals of up to a third of the Company’s 
development pipeline (in line with the Company’s 
previous statements on the percentage of retention) 
to deliver capital recycling and secure value from 
development activities as well as consideration of further 
sales, on a limited capacity basis, of the Company’s 
operational assets. Both these initiatives will facilitate 
further reductions in the Company’s RCF balance, as 
well as providing funds to progress and protect the 
value of the Company’s remaining developments. An 
example of this is over 300MW of solar and co-located 
battery developments in the north east of England that 
we are looking to sell in part or as a single package. On 
completion this will provide additional liquidity to the 
Fund and should provide a material return to BSIF, who 
is the majority shareholder.
Further to this, we are actively looking at whether there 
are further sales of operational assets to recycle funds, 
and support the initiatives of further paying down of 
the RCF, and a continued share buyback strategy. And 
we also looking at making sure our structural debt is 
optimised for the long term benefit of the shareholders. 
Despite these considerable challenges, it is highly 
pleasing to be able write about a series of actions the 
Company has taken over the past year which have 
made material strides in specifically addressing these 
challenges. These were: 
1. Strategic Partnership with GLIL:
The 
announcement 
in 
December 
2023 
of 
the 
commencement of a Strategic Partnership with GLIL, the 
large infrastructure investor. This innovative arrangement, 
unique amongst the actions being taken by other listed 
peers, was structured to simultaneously address an 
attractive acquisition opportunity, provide liquidity 
for reducing the Company’s RCF and progression of a 
selected portion of the Company’s development pipeline.
The partnership covers three phases:
a.	 Phase One of the partnership, completed in January 
2024, enabled Bluefield Solar to acquire a minority 
stake in a highly attractive operational portfolio 
alongside GLIL as the majority investor. The agreement 
also has the option for Bluefield to increase its stake, 
assuming there are available funds.
b.	 Phase Two of the partnership, completed in August 
2024, was the sale by Bluefield Solar of a 50% stake 
in a 112MWp operational portfolio owned 100% by 
the Company. The sale, completed in line with the 
Company’s prevailing NAV, realised proceeds of circa 
£70m and enabled a material initial repayment (being 
circa £50m) of the Company’s drawn RCF balance 
(leaving it at circa £134m at the time of writing).
c.	 Phase Three of the partnership, which is currently 
in progress, is a commitment for GLIL and Bluefield 
Solar to co-invest into a selected portfolio of circa 
10% of the Company’s proprietary development 
pipeline and enable construction over the next two to 
three years.
BOL AT ASHLAWN
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13

1. 	ABOUT BLUEFIELD PARTNERS LLP
	
(‘BLUEFIELD’) 
	
 
Bluefield was established in 2009 and is an investment 
adviser to companies and funds investing in renewable 
energy infrastructure. Our team has a proven record in the 
selection, acquisition and supervision of large scale energy 
and infrastructure assets in the UK and Europe. The Bluefield 
team has been involved in over £6.7 billion renewable funds 
and/or transactions in both the UK and Europe, including over 
£1.6 billion in the UK since December 2011.	 	
	
	
Bluefield was appointed Investment Adviser to the Company 
in June 2013. Based in its London office, Bluefield’s partners 
are supported by a dedicated and highly experienced team 
of investment, operations, finance, legal and portfolio 
executives. As Investment Adviser, Bluefield takes respons-
ibility for selection, origination and execution of investment 
opportunities for the Company, having executed over 200 
individual SPV acquisitions on behalf of BSIF and European 
vehicles.
On a wider basis, it means continuing to operate the Company in keeping with the five core strengths 
that have been so successful in driving out performance for shareholders over the past decade:
1. Capital Structure: continued focus on prudent use of leverage and in the near term a gradual 
reduction in RCF drawings, with long term financings secured at attractive rates on a fixed 
interest basis (a current average cost of debt of c.3.4% on £430m of long-term borrowings),
2.	 Power Sales Strategy: striking Power Price Agreements contracts at the short end of the power 
curve (6-30 months), through competitive tender processes, enabling it to maximise value for 
shareholders from the most liquid part of the power market. 
3.	 Active Management: continuing to provide a dedicated workforce of 130 within Bluefield 
Partners and Bluefield Services, providing an end to end service offering from development 
through construction to operation and long term management all with ESG embedded across 
each function. 
4.	 Proprietary Pipeline: constantly applying the DNA of the business around accessing primary 
opportunities (as highlighted by the 1.5GW solar and storage proprietary pipeline the Investment 
Adviser has built up exclusively for BSIF) to provide a platform for continued growth or value 
accretive sales. 
5.	 Capital Discipline: Since listing in 2013, a judicious approach to deployment of capital has 
been paramount as periods of significant investment activity have been combined with periods 
of restraint. This approach was at the forefront of the structuring of the Strategic Partnership 
with GLIL.
A lot has been achieved in challenging market conditions and we believe that the actions taken over 
the past year are showing real evidence of being able to address the issues at hand whilst allowing 
the Company’s long term ambitions to remain undimmed. 
James Armstrong
Managing Partner, Bluefield Partners LLP
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
14

2. PORTFOLIO: ACQUISITIONS, 
PERFORMANCE AND VALUE 
ENHANCEMENT 
Portfolio Overview
As at 30 June 2024, the Company owned 100% of an 
operational solar portfolio of 129 photovoltaic (“PV”) 
plants (consisting of 87 large scale sites, 39 micro 
sites and 3 roof top sites), 6 wind farms and 109 small 
scale UK onshore wind turbines, all 100% owned by 
the Company, with a total capacity of 812.6MW (30 
June 2023: 812.6MW). In addition to this, the Company 
has a 9% stake in a 246.6MW portfolio of UK solar 
assets, acquired during the Year in partnership with 
GLIL Infrastructure, taking the total portfolio capacity 
to 834MW, comprising 776MW of solar and 58MW of 
onshore wind.
During the Year, the combined solar and wind portfolio, 
on the 100% owned assets, generated an aggregated 
total of 810.6GWh (Prior Year: 836.2GWh), representing 
a generation yield of 997.6 MWh/MW (30 June 2023: 
1,029 MWh/MW). 
Investment Approach, Acquisitions, and 
Divestments in the year
The Company has taken a disciplined approach to 
the deployment of capital since listing, investing only 
when there are projects of suitable quality at attractive 
returns to complement the existing portfolio. Rigorous 
adherence to restrained capital deployment inevitably 
means there can be periods where acquisition activity 
falls, even when sector activity appears in contrast, 
but this controlled approach is beneficial in driving 
long term, sustainable growth for Shareholders, as 
evidenced by the Company’s record of sector leading 
returns since listing over a decade ago.
£665m
Equity Deployed
£782m
Net Asset Value
£1,389m
Gross Asset Value
834MW
Operational Capacity
£314m
Total Dividends Paid
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15

In December 2023, the Company announced a three-
phase strategic partnership with GLIL, which envisages 
both parties investing together into UK focused solar 
assets, from development through to operational plants. 
The partnership will also facilitate deleveraging of the 
Company. 
On 25 January 2024, the Company announced the 
successful completion of Phase One of the partnership 
with GLIL, which was an investment by BSIF of £20 million 
of equity, alongside £200 million from GLIL, to fund the 
acquisition of a 246.6MW portfolio of UK solar assets. 
BSIF’s ownership stake in the portfolio was 9%.
After 30 June 2024, the Company announced the execution 
of Phase Two of the strategic partnership with GLIL, which 
was the sale of a 50% stake in a 112.2MW portfolio of UK 
solar assets owned by BSIF. Following amalgamation with 
the Phase One acquisition, the Company’s equity stake 
across the combined portfolios has increased to 25%.
Portfolio Performance and Optimisation
Solar PV Performance
In the Year, irradiation levels were 4.3% lower than the Company’s forecasts and 9.9% lower than the Prior Year, whilst 
generation at 647.9GWh, was 9.5% lower than forecast. 
During the Year, the solar portfolio achieved a Net PR of 75.4% (Prior Year: 76.2%) against a forecast of 79.96%, due to key 
component downtime driven primarily by supply chain challenges for key High Voltage (‘HV’) equipment. Consequently, 
generation yield was 859.15MWh per MW of installed capacity, 7.8% lower than recorded in the Prior Year.
Table 1. Summary of Solar Fleet Performance for the Year:4
Year
Actual
Year
Forecast
Delta to 
Forecast 
(% change)
Prior Year 
Actual
Delta Year to 
Prior Year 
Actual
(% change)
Portfolio Total Installed Capacity (MW) 
754.2 
N/A
N/A
754.2 
0.0%
Weighted Average Irradiation (Hrs) 1,2
 1,136.3 
 1,187.2 
-4.3%
1,260.7 
-9.9%
Total Generation (MWh) 
647,920 
 715,894 
-9.5%
702,428 
-7.8%
Generation Yield (MWh/MW) 
859.13 
949.26
-9.5%
959.90
-10.5%
Average Total Unit Price (£/MWh) 3
£247.01
£262.87
-6.0%
£223.68
10.4%
Notes to Table 1. 
1.	Periods of irradiation where irradiance exceeds the minimum level required for generation to occur (50W/m2)
2.	Excluding grid outages and significant periods of constraint or curtailment that were outside the Company’s control (for example, 
DNO-led outages and curtailments)
3.	Average Total Unit Price includes all income associated with the sale of power, all subsidy payments, liquidated damages and 
insurance claims amounts. ROC recycle revenue is included assuming a 10% recycle rate for both actual and forecast revenue
4.	Excludes the strategic partnership with GLIL
SOLAR PV AT WHITTON
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
16

Solar PV Optimisation & Enhancement Activity
The Investment Adviser is taking proactive steps 
to mitigate risks to both the short- and long-term 
operational 
performance 
of 
the 
portfolio. 
This 
is achieved through a rolling capital investment 
programme to proactively address key risks to 
operational performance. The Investment Adviser 
has identified that one of the key causes of lower than 
expected availability is a long lead time for spare parts 
for major high voltage components, notably central 
inverters. 
Large central and string inverter revamping projects 
were completed during the Year, with many of the 
projects being completed in the final quarter of the Year. 
These projects improved performance during that final 
quarter, and it is expected that the performance uplifts 
from these projects will be fully realised in FY 2024/25, 
with further inverter repowering and optimisation 
projects planned during that year.
As at 30 June 2024, 494.6 MW of the PV portfolio (being 
66% of the solar PV portfolio) have leases that allow 
for terms beyond 30 years , of which 362 MW (100% 
of applications successful) benefit from planning terms 
in excess of 30 years. The Investment Adviser continues 
to pursue lease extensions on the remaining assets in 
the portfolio.
GLIL Partnership Portfolio
Further to Phase One of the strategic partnership with 
GLIL, the acquisition of a 246.6MW UK Solar portfolio 
from Lightsource bp was completed on 24 January, 
with BSIF holding an equity stake of 9%. During the 
period from January 2024 to June 2024, this portfolio’s 
generation was 5% below forecast, primarily driven by 
the below expected irradiation (-7.2%). 
Total revenue for the Year was £160.5 million, 13.75% lower than forecast but 1.9% higher than the Prior Year. PPA 
agreements which commenced during the Year were the principal reason for the increased revenue, as the average power 
price rose 17% to £165/MWh in the Year, up from £141/MWh in the Prior Year. 
Operational costs for the Year (incorporating all fixed, contracted costs such as lease payments, O&M fees etc.) totalled £29.5 
million, including expenditure associated with the optimisation & enhancement projects (see below). 
 
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
17

Onshore Wind Performance
As at 30 June 2024, the Company held an operational onshore wind portfolio of 135 installations, comprising 109 
small scale turbines (55-250kW) and 26 larger turbines (850kW-2,300kW), with an aggregated capacity of 58.4MW. 
 
During the Year, the wind portfolio generated 162.7 GWh, 2% below forecast. This was largely due to several major 
component failures, resulting in extended downtimes across the portfolio. Despite this, generation has improved 
significantly compared to the Prior Year, up 21.6% due to a combination of improved availability and wind speeds. 
 
Table 2. Aggregated Wind Portfolio Performance for the Year
Year
Actual
Year
Forecast
Delta to 
Forecast 
(% change)
Prior Year 
Actual
Delta Year to 
Prior Year Actual
(% change)
Portfolio Total Installed Capacity (MW) 
58.4 
N/A
N/A
58.4 
0.0%
Total Generation (MWh) 
162,682.4 
 165,930.3 
-2.0%
133,804.0 
21.6%
Generation Yield (MWh/MW) 
2,785.7 
 2,841.3 
-2.0%
2,292.7 
21.5%
Average Total Unit Price (£/MWh) 1,2
186.0 
 188.1 
-1.1%
208.3 
-10.7%
Notes to Table 2. 
1.	Actual & Forecast Average Total Power Price exclude ROC Recycle estimates
2.	Average Total Power Price includes LDs, Insurance & Mutualisation Rebate
Total revenue for the Year was £30.3 million (Prior Year: £27.9 million), with an average revenue per MWh of £186. 
Revenues achieved were 3% below forecast, though these were 9% higher compared to Prior Year, due to increased 
generation. 
Onshore Wind Optimisation & Enhancement Activity 
In Northern Ireland, 17 of the 29 small-scale turbines were identified for repowering with replacement EWT 250kW 
turbines. This will increase both efficiency and output, whilst maintaining their respective NIRO accreditation status. 
 
As at 30 June 2024, 13 turbines have been repowered and returned to operation, with the remaining four turbines 
having received planning approval for repowering, with a new 25-year term. One project has received turbine delivery, 
with repowering planned by 31 December 2024.
General Portfolio 
OFGEM Audits
As part of the industry-wide audits of FiT and RO-accredited 
generating assets, the Asset Manager has been working closely 
with the regulator on certain assets that have been selected, at 
random, for audit. All closed OFGEM audits have had relevant 
enquiries satisfied, with the respective assets’ accreditation 
being maintained. The Asset Manager is working closely with 
OFGEM to close enquiries on the remaining open audits.
Health & Safety Activities & Cyber Security 
Please refer to the Environmental, Social and Governance report 
for further information on health & safety activities and cyber 
security. 
SHEEP GRAZING AT CAPELANDS
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
18

3.POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENTS
Table 3.	 PPA Fixed Power Prices (average for fixes completed vs blended average forecaster price during the Year)
Price as at six-months ended:
Jul-24
Jan-25
Jul-25
Jan-26
BSIF Portfolio Weighted Average Contract Price 
(£/MWh)
129.2 
(625MW)
131.5 
(595MW)
135.4
(313MW)
115.1
(96MW)
% of BSIF total capacity under PPA Fixed Power 
Price contract 
77%
73%
38%
12%
Blended Average of forecasters nominal terms 
power prices per 30 June 2024 valuation (£/MWh)
63.3
67.3
69.1
67.6
Footnote: MW stated in the BSIF portfolio weighted average contract price refers to the total amount of the portfolio fixed for that 
year; excludes assets under the Strategic Partnership portfolio.
The Investment Adviser believes its PPA policy is the best strategy for Shareholders, who are looking for stable revenues 
and forecastable, sustainable dividends with high visibility of revenues on a rolling multiyear basis. It is this approach that 
has delivered almost a decade of sector leading dividend cover (covered by current earnings and post debt amortisation).
4. PROPRIETARY PIPELINE
Over the past five years, the Company has continued to 
implement its new build strategy across the solar value chain 
to ensure that the Company continues to build its market 
share amongst UK solar power producers, with the Company 
signing co-development agreements to fund new sites. The 
Company also expanded its strategy to battery storage, which 
will enable the diversification of the Company’s revenues and 
allow us to monetise the expected increases in volatility of 
power prices in the future. 
This focus on development activities has enabled the 
Company to identify a significant pipeline of assets which 
can be built over the next five years. As these projects 
progress, the Company is working with selected construction 
contractors to ensure that projects are designed and built to a 
high specification for long term performance.
 
The new build strategy has delivered well on its objectives thus 
far; the development pipeline now stands at over 1.5 GW and 
the first two developments to enter the construction phase 
(Yelvertoft and Mauxhall Farm) connected to the electricity 
network shortly after 30 June 2024. Yelvertoft will receive a 
Contract for Difference (“CfD”) for its output under AR4.
The following sections provide a more detailed update on both 
our construction and development programmes.
during periods with average levels turning out above 
day-ahead base-load settlement prices over the same 
period. Evidence of this is reflected in the Company’s 
average seasonal weighted power price, which for the 
Year was £148.80/MWh (Prior Year: £141.00/MWh), 
while the average day-ahead base load settlement price 
was £72.79/MWh (Prior Year: £169.97). 
As at 30 June 2024, the average term of the fixed-price 
PPAs across the portfolio is 32.5 months (Prior Year: 
26.2 months) and the Company has a price confidence 
level of 67% to December 2024 and 48% to June 2025 
(on a capacity basis), representing the percentage of the 
Company’s portfolio that already has fixed prices in place 
and thus no exposure to power market fluctuations. 
Looking ahead, the strategy has also secured power 
fixes, and thus revenue certainty, at levels that are in 
excess of the latest forecaster expectations.
SOLAR PV AT FREATHY
The 
Company 
actively 
monitors 
power 
market 
conditions, ensuring that contract renewals are spread 
evenly through any 12-month period, with competitive 
tender processes on both fixed and floating price 
options run for each PPA renewal in the 3 months prior 
to the commencement of a new fixing period. 
Flexibility within the Company’s capital structure enables 
PPA counterparties to be selected on a competitive 
basis and not influenced by lenders requiring long term 
contracts with one offtaker. This means the programme 
of achieving value and diversification from contracting 
with multiple counterparties (which in turn reduces 
offtaker risk) is executed for the benefit of Shareholders.
By rolling PPA fixes during the Year and targeting the 
most liquid area of the power market (one to three years), 
the Company was able to complete a number of fixes 
19
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSTRUCTION
CONSENTED
Construction Programme
As at 30 June 2024, 93 MW of projects were under construction. These projects are 
Yelvertoft Solar Farm (a 49MW solar PV park in Northamptonshire) and Mauxhall Farm 
Energy Park (a 44MW solar PV project in North East Lincolnshire). Mauxhall Farm is planned 
to be a co-located project and construction of a 25MW battery energy storage scheme is 
expected to commence in the year ending 30 June 2025.
As at the end of the Year, the Company had a pipeline of future solar assets with a capacity 
of 541MW and battery storage assets with 233MW capacity that are fully consented and 
are in pre-construction. The projects have connection dates between 2024 and 2030. 
Of this, the Company is actively exploring EPC contracts for two projects (17MW capacity in 
total), both of which have CfDs under AR4 and it plans to launch tenders for a selection of 
its AR5 accredited projects in the year ending 30 June 2025.
EPC agreements for the Company’s new build projects are expected to be fixed price 
contracts comparable to Yelvertoft and Mauxhall Farm and will require contractors to provide 
full procurement activity and to supply all materials. The Investment Adviser completes 
a full assessment of each contractor’s procurement and supply chain management 
processes to ensure compliance with the Company’s ESG policies and standards. 
Development Programme
The Investment Adviser has been pursuing its development strategy since 2019 to 
enable the Company to continue to be a key player in the UK renewable energy market. 
Since this time, a portfolio of 954MW of solar and 603MW of batteries has been built 
up across 28 projects. The Company has an investment limit in pre-construction 
development stage activities, restricted to 5% of gross assets; less than 3% is currently 
committed.
Currently, no value is attributed to projects without planning consent. Once developments 
receive planning consent and move from the development stage to pre-construction, 
the Investment Adviser believes it is appropriate to reflect this change in the Company’s 
valuation. At this point in their lifecycle, the projects will have received all the necessary 
planning consents, land rights and valid grid connection offers and so have discernible 
value beyond the direct costs of development.
The current pipeline status and valuation is summarised in the adjacent graphic.
Development pipeline (MW). Total = 1,557MW
CONSTRUCTION
CONSENTED
 (PRE-CONSTRUCTION)
IN PLANNING
DEVELOPMENT
(PRE-PLANNING  SUBMISSION)
Development pipeline Value (£m)
Current pipeline status and valuation at 30 June 2024
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
20

5. ANALYSIS OF UNDERLYING EARNINGS 
The total generation and revenue earned in the Year by the 
Company’s portfolio, split by subsidy regime, is outlined below:
Subsidy 
Regime
Generation 
(MWh)
PPA 
Revenue (£m)
Regulated 
Revenue (£m)
FiT
61,611
5.0
12.4
4.0 ROC
17,415
1.4
4.1
2.0 ROC
19,548
1.5
2.4
1.6 ROC
105,055
12.8
10.4
1.4 ROC
281,932
45.9
23.4
1.3 ROC
65,521
8.1
5.2
1.2 ROC
129,664
22.8
10.2
1.0 ROC
46,536
3.9
2.8
0.9 ROC
83,320
7.0
4.5
Total
810,602
108.4
75.4
The Company includes ROC recycle assumptions within its 
long term forecasts and applies a market based approach on 
recognition within any current financial year, including prudent 
estimates within its accounts where there is clear evidence that 
participants are attaching value to ROC recycle for the Year. 
The key drivers behind the changes in Underlying Earnings 
between this Year and the Prior Year are the combined effects of 
lower PPA pricing, debt interest and tax (including EGL).
Underlying Portfolio Earnings
Year
(£m)
Prior Year
 (£m)
Year to 
30 June 22 (£m)
Year to 
30 June 21 (£m)
Portfolio Revenue
183.8
184.4
111.4
73.1
Liquidated damages and Other Revenue1
12.6
5.4
1.6
2.0
Net Earnings from Acquisitions in the year
0.0
0.0
0.0
5.1
Portfolio Income
196.4
189.8
113.0
80.2
Portfolio Costs
-38.2
-36.3
-27.8
-17.6
Project Finance Interest Costs
-12.7
-13.6
-4.7
-1.8
Total Portfolio Income Earned
145.5
139.9
80.5
60.8
Group Operating Costs2,3
-38.7
-25.4
-8.3
-7.5
Group Debt Costs
-12.2
-6.1
-5.4
-4.7
Underlying Earnings
94.6
108.4
66.8
48.6
Group Debt Repayments
-30.1
-18.3
-13.8
-9.3
Underlying Earnings available for distribution 
64.5
90.1
53.0
39.3
Year
(£m)
Prior Year
 (£m)
Full year to 
30 June 22 (£m)
Full year to 
30 June 21 (£m)
Bought forward reserves
58.4
20.9
13.4
8.4
Repayment of RCF
-10.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Share Buybacks
-9.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
Acquisitions and CapEx
-30.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
Total funds available for distribution 
73.4
111.0
66.4
47.7
Target distribution4
53.1
51.4
45.2
34.3
Actual Distribution
53.1
52.6
45.5
34.3
Underlying Earnings carried forward
20.3
58.4
209
13.4
1.	Other Revenue includes ROC mutualisation, ROC recycle late payment CP21, insurance proceeds, O&M settlement agreements 
and rebates received.
2.	Includes the Company, BR1 and any tax charges within the group.
3.	Excludes one-off transaction costs and the release of up-front fees related to the Company’s debt facilities
4.	Target distribution is based on funds required for total target dividend for each financial year. 
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
21

The table below presents the underlying earnings on a ‘per share’ basis.
Year
(£m)
Prior Year
 (£m)
Year to 
30 June 22 (£m)
Year to 
30 June 21 (£m)
Actual Distribution
53.1
52.6
45.5
34.3
Total funds available for distribution 
(including reserves)
73.4
111.0
66.4
47.7
Average Number of shares in year*
609,849,113
611,452,217
554,042,715 
429,266,617 
Target Dividend (pps)
8.80
8.40
8.16
8.00
Total funds available for distribution 
(pps) 
12.00
18.13
12.22
11.19
Total Dividend Declared & Paid (pps) 
8.80
8.60
8.20
8.00
Reserves carried forward (pps) **
3.40
9.53
3.39
2.67
* 	 Average number of shares is calculated based on shares in issue at the time each dividend was declared.
** 	Reserves carried forward are based on the shares in issue at the point of Annual Accounts publication (being 597m 
shares for 30 June 2024 and 611m shares for 30 June 2023).
6. NAV AND VALUATION OF THE PORTFOLIO
The Investment Adviser is responsible for advising the Board in 
determining the Directors’ Valuation and, when required, carrying out the 
fair market valuation of the Company’s investments.
Valuations are carried out on a quarterly basis at 30 September, 31 
December, 31 March and 30 June each year, with the Company committed 
to conducting independent reviews as and when the Board believes it 
benefits Shareholders. 
As the portfolio comprises only non-market traded investments, the 
Investment Adviser has adopted valuation guidelines based upon the 
IPEV Valuation Guidelines published by the BVCA (the British Venture 
Capital Association). The application of these guidelines is considered 
consistent with the requirements of compliance with IFRS 9 and IFRS 13.
Following consultation with the Investment Adviser, the Directors’ 
Valuation adopted for the portfolio as at 30 June 2024 was £965.5 million 
(30 June 2023: £1,018.4 million).
The table below shows a breakdown of the Directors’ valuations over the 
last three financial years:
Valuation Component (£m)
June 2024
June 2023
June 2022
DCF Enterprise Value of Portfolio
1,100.0
1,195.2
1,180.6
DCF Enterprise Value of JV Portfolio
36.5
-
-
Consented development/construc­
tion and repowering projects
110.3
67.5
13.8
Deduction of Project Co debt
-423.2
-430.8
-390.3
Project Net Current Assets
141.9
186.5
135.8
Directors’ Valuation
965.5
1,018.4
939.9
Portfolio Size (MW)
834.0
812.6
766.2
SOLAR PV AT BRADENSTOKE
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
22

Discounting Methodology
The Directors’ Valuation is based on the discounting of post-
tax, projected cash flows of each investment, based on the 
Company’s current capital structure, with the result then 
benchmarked against comparable market multiples, if relevant. 
The discount rate applied on the project cash flows is the 
weighted average discount rate. In addition, the Board continues 
to adopt the approach under the ‘willing buyer/willing seller’ 
methodology, that the valuation of the Company’s portfolio 
be appropriately benchmarked to pricing against comparable 
portfolio transactions. 
Key factors behind the valuation
There have been several factors that have been considered in 
the Investment Adviser’s recommendation to the Directors’ 
Valuation (and which are quantified in the NAV movement chart 
on page 28):
(i)	
Power price forecasts and costs have been inflated to 
June 2024 terms using actual inflation data published on 
the Office for National Statistics webpage. The Fund’s RPI 
assumption for 2025 remains unchanged at 3.00% (June 
2023: 3.00%). On 1 August 2024, the Bank of England 
cut Base Rate for the first time since the beginning of the 
pandemic in March 2020, reducing Base Rate from 5.25% 
to 5.00%, the same rate as it was in June 2023. 
(ii)	 The Company’s previous inflation assumptions for ROC 
revenues had been slightly below the reported number and 
in utilising actual inflation for ROC sites, the valuation has 
increased.
(iii)	 Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin for the period 
2026-2030 have been included for the first time in the 30 
June 2024 valuation. This adoption follows evidence that 
reasonable value is now being achieved through power 
purchase agreements signed and expectations from 
forecasters that some value will continue to be secured for 
REGOs in the future.
(iv)	 The portfolio discount rate has been maintained at 8.00% 
(June 2023: 8.00%).
(v)	 Inclusion of the latest forecasters’ power price curves as at 
30 June 2024 has resulted in a decline in the valuation as 
prices have normalised following a prolonged period of higher 
power prices, driven largely by increases in commodity prices 
exacerbated by the impact of the Russian invasion of Ukraine 
on wholesale gas prices. Further information regarding power 
prices is included in section 3 of this report.
(vi)	 The value attributed to the Company’s development and 
construction portfolio has risen during the Year, reflecting 
sites receiving planning permission and further progress 
and investment into construction projects.
(vii)	Working capital has declined in the Year, reflecting the 
payment of dividends through the Year, the execution of the 
Company’s share buyback programme, and performance 
compared to forecasts. 
(viii)	Investments into Joint Ventures (JVs) have been included 
in the valuation for the first time following the successful 
completion of Phase One of the strategic partnership with 
GLIL. The JV continues to progress with the post year-end 
signing of Phase Two of the strategic partnership in the form 
of a sale of operational assets from BSIF into the JV, and the 
forthcoming Phase Three, whereby the Company and GLIL 
intend to commit capital to a selection of the Company’s 
development and construction pipeline.
By reflecting the core factors above within the Directors’ 
Valuation for 30 June 2024, the enterprise value of the 
operational portfolio is £1,136.5 million (June 2023: £1,195.2 
million), representing an effective price for the solar component 
of £1.24m/MW (June 2023: £1.35m/MW). These metrics sit 
within the pricing range of precedent market transactions and 
the ‘willing buyer-willing seller’ methodology upon which the 
Directors’ Valuation is based. 
TRANSFORMER AT CAPELANDS
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
23

Power Prices
A blended forecast of three leading consultants is used within 
the latest Directors’ Valuation1, as shown in the graph below. 
This is based on forecasts released in the three months ended 
30 June 2024. For illustration purposes, the graph below also 
includes the blended curve used in the Company’s accounts for 
the Prior Year. 
The curves used in the 30 June 2024 Directors’ Valuation reflect 
the following key updates: 
Change in blended power price forecasts
1. Please note, the blended forecast varies depending on whether the asset is a solar or a wind project, reflecting different forecasts for technology specific capture rates. The solar forecast is shown in the chart on this page.
1.	 Short-term European gas prices have fallen amid strong gas storage levels and an evolving gas supply chain following Russia’s 
invasion of Ukraine, with Norwegian supply and LNG imports from across the globe providing substitutes for Russian gas, with a 
similar trend reflected in the wholesale power price curve;
2.	 Higher renewable generation capacity deployment levels in the medium term (with ambitions for up to 60GW offshore wind and 
30GW onshore wind by 2030) as the UK strives to meet its net zero targets and fully decarbonise its power system by 2030; and
3.	 Annual demand for electric power in Great Britain, driven principally by electrification of heat and transport, is expected to rise from 
298TWh in 2024 to 423TWh by 2035.
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
24

Directors’ Valuation movement
 (£million)
As % of 
valuation
30 June 2023 Valuation
1,018.4
New investments
19.6
1.9%
Development uplift
42.8
4.2%
Date change and degradation
-42.0
-4.1%
Cash receipts from portfolio
-65.4
-6.4%
Power curve updates 
(incl. PPAs & REGOS) 
-7.4
-0.7%
Inflation assumption
8.5
0.8%
Balance of portfolio return
-9.0
-0.9%
30 June 2023 Valuation
965.5 
(5.2)%
There have been no material changes to assumptions regarding 
the future performance of the portfolio when compared to the 
Directors’ Valuation of 30 June 2023. A cost optimisation on 
expiry of subsidies has been introduced for business rates and 
insurance. This has been introduced to reflect that these costs 
are directly related to the level of income received by the assets, 
which will fall once the subsidies expire.
The assumptions set out in this section remain subject to 
continuous review by the Investment Adviser and the Board.
Directors’ Valuation and NAV Movement (£m)
Jun-23 NAV
1,108.4
19.6
42.8
(42.0)
(65.4)
(7.4)
8.5
(9.0)
(183.9)
965.5
781.6
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
25

Reconciliation of Directors’ Valuation to Balance sheet
BALANCE (£ MILLION)
Category
30 June 2024 
30 June 2023 
30 June 2022 
Directors’ Valuation
965.5
1,018.4
939.9
Portfolio Holding Company Working Capital
(1.5)
(12.5)
(13.6)
Portfolio Holding Company Debt
(184.0)
(153.0)
(70.0)
Financial Assets at Fair Value per Balance sheet 
780.0
852.9
856.3
Gross Asset Value
1,388.7
1,438.0
1,316.7
Gearing (% GAV*)
43%
41%
35%
*	GAV is the Financial Assets, as at 30 June 2024, at NAV of £781.6m plus RCF of £184.0m and third party portfolio debt of £423.1m 
(giving total debt of £607.1m). 
Enterprise Valuation sensitivities
Valuation sensitivities are set out in tabular form in Note 8 of the financial statements. The following diagram reviews 
the sensitivity of the EV of the portfolio to the key underlying assumptions within the discounted cash flow valuation.
7. FINANCING 
Debt Strategy
Since its IPO, the Company has focused on a simple and defensive 
approach to debt. This means having debt agreements that have, 
primarily, fixed interest rates and are amortising. Debt is split into 
(1) long-term asset-level debt, and (2) a revolving credit facility 
at fund-level for short-term funding. Debt in the portfolio is 
generally not subject to stringent lender requirements on PPAs, 
allowing the Company to take advantage of more competitive 
PPA pricing.
The Company’s weighted average cost of long-term debt at 
30 June 2024 is 3.53% (30 June 2023: 3.50%) and is largely 
locked-in via fixed interest rates. Whilst the Company has some 
index-linked debt, it also has significant levels of RPI linked 
revenues, leaving the Company a net beneficiary of inflation. 
The revolving credit facility, detailed below, is the only floating-
rate debt instrument in the portfolio and represents 30% of the 
total debt balance. 71% of asset-level debt has a fixed interest 
rate. 29% of principal for long-term debt is inflation-linked.
Revolving Credit Facility
The Company’s subsidiary BR1 has a revolving credit facility with 
RBS International, Santander UK and Lloyds Bank Plc, with a 
total committed amount of £210 million and facility margin of 
1.9% (the ‘RCF’). The RCF also has an uncommitted accordion 
feature allowing it to be increased by up to a further £30 million. 
The maturity of the facility is May 2025. The Company is in 
discussions with the lenders to extend the RCF by an additional 
two years. As at 30 June 2024, £184 million was drawn from the 
RCF (30 June 2023: £153 million). After the year-end, following 
the completion of Phase Two of the strategic partnership with 
GLIL, £50.5 million was repaid, reducing the drawn balance to 
£133.5 million.
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
26

External Debt
Excluding the Company’s RCF, total outstanding loans from third-party lenders as at 30 June 2024 total £423 million, with 
each loan secured against a portfolio of assets and fully amortising within the life of the respective asset’s subsidies. The 
average interest cost, excluding the Company’s RCF, across the external debt facilities in the table below is 3.53%. 
Debt
Principal Outstanding (£m)
Maturity
% of Interest Fixed(1)
All-in Interest Rate
Syndicate 
Fund RCF
184
May-25
0%
7.00%
Bayern LB 
Project Finance
6
Sep-29
100%
5.50%
Syndicate
Project Finance
66
Dec-33
100%
3.50%
Aviva (fixed)
Project Finance
82
Sep-34
100%
2.88%
Aviva (index-linked)
Project Finance
65
Sep-34
100%
3.70%
Macquarie (fixed)
Project Finance
7
Mar-35
100%
4.60%
Macquarie (index-linked)
Project Finance
20
Mar-35
100%
4.70%
Gravis (index-linked)
Project Finance
36
Jun-35
100%
6.48%
NatWest 
Project Finance
121
Dec-39
85%
2.70%
Strategic Partnership 
Portfolio
19.5
Jun-37
100%
3.40%
Total/Wtd Avg
607
67%
4.59%
Total/Wtd Avg excl. RCF
423
96%
3.53%
Note: Index-linked debt treated as fixed for the purposes of this table as proportion fixed represents interest rate risk only
GAV Leverage
The Group’s total outstanding debt as at 30 June 2024 was £607 million (30 June 2023: £584 million) and its leverage 
stands at 43% of GAV (30 June 2023: 41%), within the 35% - 45% preferred range the Directors have outlined as desirable 
for the Company.
8. MARKET DEVELOPMENTS
UK renewable generation capacity and 
deployment
At 31 March 2024, Government data shows that UK 
solar PV capacity stands at 16.7GW across 1.6 million 
installations. Of this amount, around 7.3GW (46% of 
the total solar capacity in the UK) and 5.1GW (32%) is 
accredited under the RO and FiT schemes, respectively, 
3.4GW (21%) is unaccredited and less than 1% is 
under the CfD scheme. Onshore and offshore wind 
installed capacity stands at around 15.5GW and 
14.7GW, respectively. The UK has 4.4GW of operational 
battery storage capacity, according to data from energy 
association RenewableUK.
The UK’s total renewable generation capacity is 
projected to continue to grow over the coming years 
as the Government strives to meet its net zero targets 
and meet power demand from the electrification of 
the domestic heat, transport and industrial sectors. 
Deployment is expected to be supported by several 
policy initiatives, including the CfD scheme and various 
planning and grid reforms which are described in more 
detail in the next section of this report. 
The incoming Labour Government has set ambitious 
targets to double onshore wind, triple solar generation 
capacity and quadruple offshore wind by 2030. To 
support this ambition, several first-of-a-kind initiatives 
such as a new Mission Control for Clean Power 2030, 
headed by the former chief executive of the Climate 
Change Committee (Chris Stark), an Onshore Wind 
Industry Taskforce and a publicly owned energy 
company (Great British Energy) have been set up, all of 
which should support greater renewable energy roll out 
over the upcoming years. 
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
27

The chart below illustrates the distribution of total installed capacity across different renewable generation technologies at 
31 March 2024 compared with a year earlier.
Secondary market transactions, 
development and construction activity
Transactional activity in the UK renewables market 
has eased to some extent, with several infrastructure 
funds completing capital recycling via asset disposal 
programmes to demonstrate value and support 
deleveraging efforts.
Activity in the UK development market has continued to 
be driven by factors such as ambitious decarbonisation 
targets, increasing preferences by customers for clean 
energy, demand for ESG investments and the inclusion 
of solar PV in upcoming CfD auction rounds. 
Development activity has been noticeable in the battery 
storage area, with developers seeking to provide 
solutions to help manage the grid as larger quantities 
of intermittent renewables are added to the system. 
Solar development activity has been somewhat slower, 
primarily due to grid constraints.
Some construction activity has been observed in the UK 
solar and battery storage area, although this is against 
a backdrop of supply chain challenges and elevated 
development costs. Converting the UK’s significant 
development pipeline into operational solar and storage 
projects over the next five years will require developers 
to adopt an innovative approach to overcome challenges 
surrounding high construction costs, grid connection 
lead times and access to new capital.
With 776MW of operational solar capacity, the Company 
maintains a strong position within the UK solar market, 
owning 5% of the UK’s utility-scale solar PV capacity.
Source: UK government Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy *Anaerobic Digestion includes sewage sludge digestion, 
animal biomass 
15.46
14.75
16.70
1.90
1.56
4.62
1.03
1.06
31 March 2023            31 March 2024
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
28

9. REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 
The regulatory environment remains under the spotlight 
as the Government seeks to support renewable energy 
deployment under particularly tough macroeconomic 
conditions. Key themes are outlined below. 
Update on Contracts for Differences (CfD)
In September 2023, the Government awarded support 
for 3.7GW of new build renewable generation capacity 
through its CfD scheme – allocation round 5 (AR5). Solar 
projects represented the majority share at 52% (1.9GW) 
and onshore wind at 40% (1.5GW), while no offshore 
projects were successful. This was the lowest overall 
renewable capacity procurement level since 2017 and 
just over a third of the total 10.8GW that was procured in 
the AR4. The overall budget for AR5 (across successful 
pot technologies) was £227 million per year, down from 
£295 million per year in AR4. 
In September 2024, the AR6 results were published. 
A total of 9.6GW of renewable energy projects were 
successful, of which 3.3GW solar projects won contracts 
(or 34% of total awarded capacity), onshore wind at 
990MW (10%), offshore wind at 4.9GW (51%) and 
floating offshore at 400MW (4%). The Government 
revised the overall AR6 budget to £1.6 billion, up by £0.5 
billion from the previous level amid calls from industry to 
help meet renewable targets. Most of the budget uplift 
went to offshore wind, while established technologies 
including solar and onshore wind rose by £65 million 
to £185 million. The AR6 administrative strike prices 
across all technologies rose from the previous round, 
with solar and wind up by 30% and 21% respectively, at 
£61/MWh and £64/MWh, respectively. 
The Government’s consultation on the proposed 
amendments to AR7 and future rounds closed in 
March 2024. Several changes were put forward, such 
as the inclusion of onshore wind full repowering as 
a new eligible technology, the introduction of hybrid 
metering to better accommodate co-located projects 
and changes to the inflation indexation methodology for 
allocation rounds further ahead. The market awaits a 
formal Government response to this consultation.
Electricity Generator Levy
The Electricity Generator Levy – a ‘temporary’ 45% tax 
on income from electricity sold above the benchmark 
price – is set to be in place until 31 March 2028. It 
applies to extraordinary returns made by renewable 
(solar, wind, biomass), nuclear and energy from waste 
generators that are connected to the UK national 
transmission or local distribution networks. Revenues 
from CfDs are excluded from this levy.
Review of Electricity Market Arrangements
The Government’s second consultation on the UK’s 
Review of Electricity Market Arrangements (“REMA”) 
closed in May 2024. REMA aims to identify necessary 
reforms needed to transition to a cost effective, lower 
carbon and secure electricity system. The most 
significant reform options at the time included the 
possibility of zonal locational pricing and potential 
changes to the Contract-for-Difference scheme. The 
market awaits a formal response to the REMA second 
consultation.
]
Bluefield Partners LLP
27 September 2024
MEADOW AT  ASHLAWN
29
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Environmental, Social
and Governance Report
1. INTRODUCTION
An introduction from the Chair 
I am pleased to present the Company’s ESG progress 
within this report. The Company remains dedicated 
to contributing to a cleaner and more resilient energy 
system, and its ability to adapt – evidenced through 
its strategic partnerships, accretive use of capital, and 
evolving ESG approach – will support the Company in 
delivering long-term value to its Shareholders.
Despite a challenging year for listed renewable funds, 
we continue to deliver renewable energy at scale, 
helping to tackle the global emergencies of climate 
change and biodiversity loss. The recent change in 
Government brings a fresh perspective on energy 
policy, with a commitment to deliver zero-carbon 
electricity by 2030. To achieve this, the UK needs rapid, 
large-scale deployment of renewable technology and 
the infrastructure to support these installations. This 
will not only accelerate the transition to net zero, but 
also deliver energy security and affordable energy 
pricing.
As such, I am proud of the achievements made by the 
Company during the Year, particularly the construction 
of two major new solar assets which have been 
energised in recent weeks. On an annual basis, these 
assets are expected to generate enough renewable 
energy to power approximately 33,000 UK homes 
and avoid the equivalent of 18,800 tonnes of CO2e 
annually.
As the sector grows, responsibility must be taken for 
both the positive and negative impacts of renewable 
energy operations, with industry players working 
together to drive responsible business practice across 
global supply chains. The Company recognises, and 
works to manage and minimise, the potential adverse 
impacts of its business operations, considering them 
within its responsible investment approach. At the 
same time, ESG opportunities, such as those relating 
to nature enhancement, present an exciting avenue 
through which the Company can create additional 
value. 
John Scott,
Chair
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
30

An introduction from the Investment Adviser 
This report marks a continuation of the Company’s commitment 
to transparency and accountability by consistently reporting its 
ESG performance, maintaining year-on-year alignment with the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) 
recommendations, and sustaining its reporting practices under 
the EU’s Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation (“SFDR”). As 
the Investment Adviser, we continue to work on the Company’s 
behalf to increase the availability and quality of ESG data relating 
to the Company’s assets, to better inform our strategic decision-
making.
The Company continues to respond to a dynamic ESG regulatory 
and reporting landscape, and work has been undertaken to review 
the Company’s alignment with new disclosure rules. As part of its 
horizon scanning, the Investment Adviser proactively monitors 
for emerging ESG trends and assesses the interdependencies 
of ESG topics material to the Company, such as the linkage 
between decarbonisation and biodiversity, or the social impact 
of a growing renewable sector. This insight is used to inform the 
Company’s management of ESG risks and opportunities. 
The Investment Adviser’s business model, with in-house 
expertise across development, investment, construction and 
operational activities, facilitates the integration of ESG across 
the asset lifecycle2. The Investment Adviser’s commitment to 
strengthening its ESG capabilities is reflected in the expansion 
of its ESG team, who work to build resilience into the Company’s 
investments. We look forward to continuing to deliver the 
Company’s ESG aspirations, and help protect Shareholder value, 
by further refining our ESG commitments, KPIs, and strategic 
approach in the coming years. 
 
James Armstrong,
Managing Partner of Bluefield Partners LLP
2. ESG HIGHLIGHTS 
During the Year, the Company: 
Executed a second physical scenario analysis, which examined the 
potential impacts of changing wind speeds on the Company’s wind 
portfolio.
Developed near-term net zero targets, covering the Company’s 
scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.
The Company’s West Raynham Solar Farm was the first site in 
the UK to be awarded gold certification from Wild Power®, an 
independent certifier, for its biodiversity enhancement efforts.
Developed a nature framework, aligned with the recommendations 
of the Task Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (“TNFD”).
Delivered 13 classroom workshops and 16  solar site visits to 
schools in the vicinity of the Company’s assets3. 
3.	Workshops and site visits delivered between Sept 23 – July 24.
2. Where asset lifecycle is referred to throughout this report, it 
references development, investment, and operational stages of the 
asset lifecycle. It does not include the manufacturing or end-of-life 
processing of materials.
31
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
31

3. PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT 
This ESG report summarises the Company’s approach to 
responsible investment during the Year, including a summary of 
ESG risks and opportunities material to the Company, and how 
these are being managed to help build resilience and create 
additional value within the Company’s investments. In particular, 
the report demonstrates to Shareholders, and other stakeholders, 
the continued commitment of the Company to review, assess, 
and enhance its ESG performance. The content within this report 
is supported by additional information published within the 
Company’s regulatory disclosures, available on its website.
Please note, the figures presented within this report relate 
to the Company’s wholly owned investments. Relating to the 
Company’s new strategic partnership, the Company is in the 
process of onboarding these assets onto its ESG reporting 
regime, whilst at the same time reviewing existing KPIs to ensure 
they remain relevant for strategic partnerships as opposed to 
sole ownership. As a result, the Company has reported the ESG 
performance associated with its 9% equity share4 against a 
subset of its ESG KPIs, presented in the ESG Appendix. Please 
refer to the case-study presented on page 36 for information on 
how the Company applied its responsible investment approach 
to these investments. 
Whilst the Company has significantly enhanced its ESG reporting 
in recent years, the reporting landscape continues to evolve. 
The International Sustainability Standards Board published its 
sustainability disclosure standards (IFRS S1 and S2) in June 
2023. The Company has undertaken an assessment of its ESG 
and climate-related disclosures against these standards and will 
review its reporting approach in light of these requirements over 
the coming months. 
4. ESG STRATEGY
ESG Context
As a renewable energy business, the Company is 
supporting the UK’s transition to a net zero economy 
through the provision of renewable energy. With 
renewables powering a significant portion of the UK grid 
mix in the past year5, the Company is well-positioned to 
further support the UK in achieving its legally binding 
target to bring all Greenhouse Gas emissions (“GHG”) to 
net zero by 20506. 
The Company recognises its broader ESG impacts 
and responsibilities, and its ESG strategy has 
identified a range of priority topics across various ESG 
areas, which underpin its responsible investment 
approach. These priorities have been integrated into 
a comprehensive framework designed to help deliver 
value for stakeholders and support long-term returns 
for Shareholders.
5.	https://www.solarpowerportal.co.uk/2023-sees-cleanest-
uk-electricity-mix-in-66-years/ 
6.	UK enshrines new target in law to slash emissions by 78% by 
2035 - GOV.UK (www.gov.uk)
4. As at 30 June 2024.
Regulation & Framework Alignment 
EU Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation (“SFDR”) 
& EU Taxonomy 
The Company is classified as an Article 8 product under 
the SFDR and published its second PAI statement in 
June 2024. Please refer to Periodic Annex IV and the 
Company’s website for further information regarding its 
ongoing compliance with the SFDR and EU Taxonomy. 
UK Sustainability Disclosure Requirements & 
UK Green Taxonomy 
As a non-UK AIF, the Company is not currently in scope 
of the UK Sustainability Disclosure Requirements 
(“SDR”). However, the applicability of the framework to 
overseas funds is currently pending. The Company is 
monitoring the guidance and will be prepared to review 
its alignment, subject to any new legislation. 
As a UK authorised firm, the Investment Adviser is 
within scope of the SDR’s anti-greenwashing rule and 
has implemented processes to support the Investment 
Adviser’s compliance. 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”) & Task Force on Nature-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TNFD”)
The Company has voluntarily adopted the recommend-
ations of the TCFD and its third TCFD report is presented 
on page 49. The Company has developed a nature 
framework aligned with the recommendations of the 
TNFD, as described on page 40.
BUG HOTEL AT PASHLEY
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
32

RENEWABLE ENERGY, DELIVERED RESPONSIBLY
OUR ESG VISION
The Company is helping to mitigate climate change through decarbon­
isation of the energy sector, whilst delivering long-term dividends to 
our shareholders. We recognise that being a renewables fund does 
not mean that we can remove ourselves from wider environmental, 
social, and governance topics, and are conscious of the potential­
ly harmful impacts that come with being part of the renewables in­
dustry. We have committed to further developing our due diligence 
processes and requirements of our suppliers and contractors and we 
believe that the assets within our fund have a part to play at the local 
level. We aim to enhance nature at our sites and integrate this in our 
efforts in the communities in which we operate, recognising the inter­
connection between ecological and climate impact.
OUR PURPOSE
RENEWABLE ENERGY, DELIVERED RESPONSIBLY:
Driving shareholder returns whilst promoting positive environmental 
and social value through our work as a pioneering and responsible 
renewables fund. As well as supporting the UK’s Net Zero carbon 
ambition, we aim to enhance nature across our sites, to support the 
UK in mitigating both the climate and ecological crisis. 
CARBON EMISSIONS
ADVOCATING RENEWABLE 
ENERGY
MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED 
RISKS & OPPORTUNITIES
NATURE
DELIVERY PARTNERSHIPS
COMMUNITY IMPACT & 
INITIATIVES
HUMAN & LABOUR RIGHTS
GOOD GOVERNANCE & 
BUSINESS ETHICS
RESPONSIBLE & SUSTAINABLE 
PROCUREMENT
UNDERPINNED BY ESG PROCESSES & PROCEDURES THAT HELP DRIVE STAKEHOLDER VALUE & OPPORTUNITIES
CLIMATE CHANGE 
MITIGATION 
Supporting the UK in achieving 
its Net Zero Carbon ambition 
whilst aligning to the TCFD 
recommendations. 
PIONEERING POSITIVE 
LOCAL IMPACT
Enhancing nature and 
encouraging community 
engagement at the local level 
throughout the asset lifecycle.
GENERATING ENERGY 
RESPONSIBLY 
Driving ethical practices within 
our operations and throughout 
our supply chain.
Disclaimer: The content of this publication has not been approved by the United Nations 
and does not reflect the views of the United Nations or its officials or Member States.
Social value is delivered through community benefit payments and educational initiatives 
on-site.
ESG STRATEGY
The Company’s ambitions will be achieved through delivery of its 
ESG strategy, which is centred around three key pillars. ESG topics 
are arranged under the three pillars and reflect: 
• 	Priority focus areas, as identified by stakeholders 
• 	Regulatory requirements, e.g., EU SFDR, EU Taxonomy, TCFD & TNFD 
•	 ESG reporting frameworks, e.g., SASB 
These underpin what will become the Company’s biggest value and 
impact drivers. 
PLEASE REFER TO THE COMPANY’S 2022 ANNUAL REPORT FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT PROCESS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
33
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT
Figure 1 – the Company’s ESG strategy, including key pillars and priority ESG topics
ESG Framework

Sustainable Development Goals7
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(“SDGs”) have been mapped against the Company’s ESG 
pillars, following the alignment protocol. In total, eight 
goals have been identified where the Company believes 
it can make a positive contribution. The Company’s 
largest contributions will be in relation to Goal 7, 
‘Affordable and Clean Energy’ and Goal 13, ‘Climate 
Action’. The Company’s portfolio generated 810,602 
MWh of renewable energy during the Year, supporting 
domestic energy security and decarbonisation of the UK 
energy market. The Company reports and endeavours 
to minimise the negative impacts of its operations, as 
described throughout its ESG and regulatory disclosures. 
Further information on the Company’s alignment with 
the SDGs can be found on the Company’s website 
(www.bluefieldsif.com).
Commitments & KPIs 
Key commitments for the Year are presented in Table 1. 
A full breakdown of the Company’s commitments and 
KPIs, and performance against these, is presented in 
the ESG Appendix. Commitments and KPIs are reviewed 
annually to align with the Company’s evolving ESG 
strategy, with any changes approved and monitored by 
the Board. 
The Investment Adviser engages the Company’s key 
service providers to enable the monitoring of asset-
level sustainability aspects. However, some aspects 
of data collection remain challenging. As a result, data 
gaps still exist, and estimates continue to be used in 
certain circumstances. Work will continue to improve 
the accuracy and quality of ESG data over time. The 
Investment Adviser is currently embedding an ESG 
system on behalf of the Company, which will enable 
enhanced data insights and analytical capabilities.
Table 1 – Key ESG commitments for the Company
PILLAR
KEY COMMITMENTS
Climate Change 
Mitigation
• Report renewable energy generation annually;
• Invest in industry collaborations to support the energy transition;
• Continue to build climate resilience and inform business strategy through climate risk 
assessments and scenario analysis; and
• Develop a net zero pathway.
Pioneering Positive
Local Impact
• Evaluate biodiversity net gain across the operational portfolio and achieve at least 20% 
biodiversity net gain on new solar developments;
• Conduct independent biodiversity assessments across at least 10% of sites annually (relating to 
assets over 1MW in capacity);
• Continue to promote positive action within the communities the Company operates within 
through community benefit funds and educational sessions; and
• Develop a nature framework, building upon existing biodiversity commitments and 
encompassing the recommendations of the TNFD.
Generating Energy 
Responsibly
• Ensure 100% of the Company’s assets are covered by a Human Rights Policy, which covers 
United Nations Global Compact principles and OECD guidelines;
• Require adoption of the Company’s Supplier Code of Conduct by priority Tier 1 and, where 
possible, Tier 2 suppliers; and
• Continue to develop due diligence mechanisms to identify, prevent and mitigate human rights 
impacts across the Company’s operations and, where possible, its supply chain. 
7.	Disclaimer: The content of this publication has not been approved by the United Nations and does not reflect the views of the United Nations or its 
officials or Member States.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
34

THE BSIF BOARD 
The Board’s role is to ensure the long-term sustainable success of the Company by setting the strategy through which value can be created or preserved for the 
benefit of Shareholders, which includes managing ESG risks and opportunities material to both Shareholders and the Company’s wider stakeholders. Whilst all 
Directors share responsibility and oversight of ESG matters, Meriel Lenfestey is Chair of the ESG Committee, which helps to further drive forward the Company’s ESG 
agenda. The Board delegates certain ESG oversight matters to its principal Committees and representatives, including the Investment Adviser.
INVESTMENT
Responsible for considering 
ESG and climate risks and 
opportunities within due 
diligence.
COMMERCIAL
Responsible for the 
management of the portfolio 
(wind, solar, battery assets) 
and supports the 
implementation of ESG within 
operational activities.
ASSET MANAGEMENT
Responsible for operational 
management and 
compliance of the portfolio. 
Support with ESG data 
collection and analysis.
O&M
Responsible for operational 
maintenance of solar assets. 
Support with ESG data 
collection and the Company’s 
environmental objectives.
DEVELOPMENT
Responsible for developing 
sites for the solar and 
battery pipeline. Embed 
community and environmental 
considerations within the 
development process.
The Bluefield ESG Team is responsible for internalising and externalising ESG progress across key business areas including:
Driving shareholder returns whilst promoting environmental and social value through our work as a pioneering and responsible renewables fund.
 INFORMING
REPORTING AND CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT
BSIF AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE
Responsible for financial reporting, 
investment valuation, auditing, 
governance and risk management. 
Meets at least three times a year, at 
appropriate times in the reporting and 
audit cycle and otherwise as required 
by the Chair.
INVESTMENT ADVISER
Bluefield Partners LLP is responsible 
for managing the portfolio, fundraising, 
and investment strategy and 
implementation. ESG is embedded 
within these activities. Reports to the 
Board of the Company quarterly, and 
anything material ad-hoc.
BLUEFIELD ESG TEAM
Responsible for driving ESG matters 
across key stakeholders and business 
areas. Routinely communicates progress 
through quarterly Board reports, ESG 
Committee meetings and ad-hoc 
meetings. ESG is integrated across the 
investment process. 
BSIF ESG COMMITTEE
Provides a forum for mutual 
discussion, support and challenge to 
the Investment Adviser with respect 
to ESG matters. Meets at least once a 
year and otherwise as required by the 
Chair.
ESG Oversight 
The Board has ultimate responsibility and oversight of ESG risks 
and opportunities, and ESG is considered by the Directors as part 
of Board meetings, investment decisions and risk management. 
The Board has an ESG Committee, chaired by Meriel Lenfestey, 
which meets at least once a year. 
Figure 1 – The Company’s ESG Governance Structure
Operationally, ESG is managed by the Investment Adviser, with 
regular updates provided to the Board through investment 
committee papers, ESG committee meetings, Board meetings 
and ad hoc calls or written updates. The Investment Adviser is 
responsible for embedding and monitoring ESG initiatives across 
the portfolio, working to integrate ESG into all stages of the asset 
lifecycle. The Investment Adviser’s Head of ESG provides updates 
to the Board of the Investment Adviser through quarterly Board 
reports, and regularly reports ESG progress to the Investment 
Director and Managing Partner. 
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
35

Responsible Investment 
The Company recognises the importance of sustaina-
bility in all aspects of investment. The Company is well 
positioned to consider ESG within its investments, given 
the long-term nature of its business model. 
ESG is embedded within the Company’s investment 
process, and a standalone ESG due diligence ques­
tionnaire ensures detailed checks are made in relation 
to ESG risks and opportunities, as identified by SASB 
standards. Diligence is also undertaken in relation to 
requirements of the SFDR, including PAI indicators 
and climate risk screening, and the EU Taxonomy’s 
Do No Significant Harm (DNSH) criteria. Further infor­
mation can be found in the Company’s Sustainable 
Investment Policy, available on its website.
Case 
Study
Co-investment 
On 
22 
December 
2023, 
the 
Company 
announced a long-term strategic partnership 
with GLIL Infrastructure, through which both 
parties committed to acquiring a portfolio 
of 58 UK solar assets. This acquisition was 
announced on 25 January 2024, and the 
Company acquired a 9% equity share in the 
portfolio. Although a minority stakeholder, 
a priority for the Company was to apply its 
responsible investment approach to these 
investments. The Company:
•	 Performed comprehensive ESG due diligence 
on the 246.6MW portfolio of assets, including 
checks regarding SFDR and EU Taxonomy 
requirements; 
•	 Included ESG schedules and obligations 
with respect to the Company’s ESG policies 
in agreements with asset management and 
Operation & Maintenance (O&M) providers; 
and
•	 Created a post-investment ESG plan, to guide 
follow-up action from Asset Management 
and O&M service providers.
The Company continues to work to onboard 
the assets into its ESG reporting regime.
The Company’s Investment 
Adviser has been a signatory 
of the UN Principles for 
Responsible Investment 
since 2019.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
36

With the change of UK Government in July 2024, and 
the formation of the Department of Energy Security and 
Net Zero, the Company and its Investment Adviser look 
forward to re-engaging with the Government to continue 
these efforts through meetings, attendance at relevant 
events, and participating in appropriate formal Select 
Committee inquiries and consultations. 
Industry Engagement
The Investment Adviser partners with trade industry 
bodies to engage UK policymakers across the political 
spectrum in advocating for renewable energy. Engaging 
with industry groups also enables the Investment 
Adviser to inform and contribute to best practice, stay 
abreast of market developments, and support the 
UK’s energy transition. Bluefield employees are active 
participants in trade body working groups. For example, 
the Head of ESG for the Investment Adviser contributes 
to the Solar Energy UK Natural Capital Steering Group, 
and representatives of Bluefield Operations are part of 
the Solar Energy UK Skills Steering Group. 
As the renewable sector grows, industry collaboration 
will be essential in addressing emerging social and 
environmental risks, such as those relating to supply 
chain or asset end-of-life. The Company has committed 
to investing in industry collaborations supporting the 
energy transition; please refer to page 69 for further 
information. 
Carbon Emissions 
GHG inventory
The Company reviews and reports its GHG emissions 
every six months. Please refer to page 55 of the 
Company’s TCFD report for the GHG inventory relating 
to the Year.  
KEY COMMITMENTS: 
•	Report renewable energy generation annually;
•	Invest in industry collaborations to support the 
energy transition;
•	Continue to build climate resilience and inform 
business strategy through climate risk assessments 
and scenario analysis; and 
•	Develop a net zero pathway.
 
SDG Contribution:
In recognition of its positive 
environmental contribution, the 
Company has been awarded the 
following accreditations: 
5. CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION 
Advocating Renewable Energy 
As a UK-focused renewable energy business, the 
Company contributes towards climate change mitigation 
and remains committed to supporting the UK’s decarb-
onisation agenda. Achievements during the Year include:
•	 Generated 810,602 MWh of renewable energy;
•	 Powered the equivalent of 300,000 UK homes with 
renewable electricity for a year;
•	 Avoided 167,800 tonnes of CO2e emissions; and
•	 Had 93MW of solar infrastructure under construction 
at Year end, which on completion is estimated to 
generate an additional 91,000 MWh of renewable 
energy annually.
Political Engagement
During the Year, the Investment Adviser emphasised 
the cost and speed at which solar can be deployed and 
developed through responses to policy consultations, 
direct engagement with policymakers (including through 
briefings and letters), and appearances at Government-
related committees and inquiries. Please refer to page 
78 for a summary of engagement during the Year. 
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
37

These targets currently apply to the Company’s wholly owned 
investments; the application of the targets to the Company’s 
strategic partnership is under review. The Company will review 
its position on SBTi validation over coming years if revisions are 
made to the relevant standards, or if more applicable standards 
are released.
Monitoring carbon emissions is a vital step on the pathway to 
net zero, but there are challenges, particularly regarding the 
collaborative action needed to drive down scope 3 emissions. 
The Company is aware that its ability to decarbonise will rely on 
wide-scale change across the industry and economy, requiring 
significant Governmental support. Nevertheless, the Company 
has developed this initial set of net zero targets to guide action 
across its investments over coming years, and is committed to 
Carbon targets and the net zero pathway
The Company has developed near-term targets on its journey 
to align to net zero by no later than 2050. The targets follow the 
core principles of the Science Based Target Initiative (“SBTi”) 
near-term criteria for Financial Institutions (FI), but are not 
SBTi validated. The Investment Adviser views that the current 
guidance is not well suited to the investments made by the 
Company, particularly regarding the criteria relating to scope 3 
emissions, where the majority of the Company’s emissions lie. 
Therefore, the Company has adopted holistic near-term targets 
for financed emissions, including a 50% absolute reduction in 
project scope 1 and scope 2 emissions8 by 2030 (from a 2023 
calendar base year), and to engage 75% of project suppliers, by 
emissions, to set their own scope 1 and scope 2 targets by 2029. 
SHEEP GRAZING AT CAPELANDS
reviewing and adjusting these targets over time so that they 
remain appropriate to the nature of the Company’s investments. 
Whilst the net zero pathway has been modelled, the focus over 
coming months will be to formalise target-specific roadmaps 
to support the Company in delivering the required emissions 
reductions. 
 
Managing climate-related risks & opportunities 
The Company is committed to building climate resilience within 
its portfolio. During the Year, the Company undertook a second 
physical scenario analysis, focused upon the potential impact 
of changing wind speeds, and developed a climate adaptation 
plan. Please refer to the Company’s TCFD report for further 
information. 
8. ‘Project’ refers to the GHG emissions that sit within the Company’s scope 3 category 15 investments.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
38

6. PIONEERING POSITIVE LOCAL IMPACT 
KEY COMMITMENTS: 
•	 Evaluate biodiversity net gain across the operational 
portfolio and achieve at least 20% biodiversity net 
gain on new solar developments;
•	 Conduct 
independent 
biodiversity 
assessments 
across at least 10% of sites annually (relating to 
assets over 1MW in capacity);
•	 Continue to promote positive action within the 
communities the Company operates within through 
community benefit funds and educational sessions; and
•	 Develop a nature framework, building upon existing 
biodiversity commitments and encompassing the 
recommendations of the TNFD. 
SDG Contribution:
Quantifying Biodiversity 
The Company has continued to measure the biodiversity 
across its portfolio to establish a baseline from which 
opportunities to enhance nature, through the addition 
of site-specific measures, can be identified. During the 
reporting year, the Company conducted an additional 15 
biodiversity net gain10 assessments across operational 
assets, bringing the total to 45 since the introduction of 
this approach in 2023. 
The Company also conducted ecological assessments 
across 10 operational solar assets. Following industry 
best-practice, assessments on botany, invertebrates, 
breeding birds and soil were undertaken. For the first 
time, environmental DNA (eDNA) was analysed, which 
focused upon invertebrate and fungi identification. 
The results of the biodiversity net gain assessments 
and ecological surveys will be used to identify nature 
enhancement activities for the coming year. 
The Company shares ecological data 
with the UK trade body Solar Energy 
UK, for inclusion within industry-
wide datasets and annual solar habitat 
reports. This contribution supports 
the understanding of ecological trends 
and the development of industry best 
practice.
9. 	 https://stateofnature.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TP25999-State-of-Nature-main-report_2023_FULL-DOC-v12.pdf 
10.	Biodiversity net gain is calculated using the DEFRA Biodiversity Metric. Data was taken from ecological monitoring surveys. In 
all cases, including those where data was lacking, a precautionary approach was taken.
Land use and land management 
Nature is an area of focus and commitment for the 
Company. The UK has been assessed as one of the 
most nature-depleted countries in the world9, and the 
Company recognises the significant risk that nature loss 
may present to businesses and the economy. Nature’s 
intrinsic relationship with climate requires a unified 
response, and through its land under management, the 
Company seeks to enhance nature across its portfolio 
and promote environmental stewardship as part of 
asset lifecycle management. 
The 
construction 
and 
operation 
of 
renewable 
infrastructure assets can impact the local environment, 
for example through land use change or disturbance 
to habitats and species. The Company endeavours to 
minimise its negative impacts where possible, and the 
collection of asset-level environmental data supports 
the Company in monitoring adverse environmental 
impacts over time.
Solar farms can support agricultural activities while 
providing an alternative revenue source for farmers. 
During the Year, conservation grazing was introduced 
to one of the Company’s solar assets, to better manage 
the land for wildlife. Sheep are typically removed from 
fields during the wildflower window between April and 
early August, allowing plants to set seed and bloom. 
Additionally, at Stow Longa solar farm in Cambridgeshire, 
information gained from ecological assessments has 
been used to amend land management activities 
to better support farmland bird species. Further 
information can be found on the Company’s website 
(www.bluefieldsif.com).     
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
39

Case 
Study
Nature Framework 
The Company has developed a nature framework during 
the Year, building upon and bringing together previous 
nature activity. Its aim is to provide an overarching 
strategy through which the Company can identify and 
manage its nature-related risks and opportunities; 
communicate activities associated with nature in a 
consistent and clear manner; and align with emerging 
regulatory and framework requirements. It will also 
guide actions to integrate nature more fully across the 
asset lifecycle, from development through to end-of-life. 
To inform the framework, workshops were held with 
representatives from the Investment Adviser and 
other service providers, including from O&M, asset 
management, investment, commercial, construction 
and development teams, to explore nature-related 
impacts, dependencies, risks and opportunities which 
exist across the asset lifecycle. This information 
was combined with that obtained from a landscape 
review, which evaluated broader nature impacts and 
dependencies associated with the solar & wind energy 
sectors, market analysis, and consideration of the 
localities of the Company’s assets. 
Key focus areas within the framework include:
•	 Land management 
•	 Nature protection & improvement
•	 Engagement & education
•	 Materials sourcing & supply chain
Focus over coming months will be to finalise KPIs 
which can be used by the Company to monitor and 
communicate its nature activities.  
11. 	https://wildpower.org/
12.	 This total represents the community benefit payments the 
Company is contractually due to pay each year. 
Community Impact and Initiatives 
An increasing number of communities may be impacted 
by renewable energy projects as the industry grows. 
As the owner of infrastructure assets, the Company 
recognises the importance of maintaining a social 
licence to operate and seeks to build and maintain 
positive relationships with the communities close to its 
investments. Local stakeholders, including landowners, 
residents, and parish council members, are engaged as 
appropriate across the asset lifecycle, including during 
project development, construction and operation. 
The Company has continued its partnership with Earth 
Energy Education to deliver an educational programme 
to schools close to the Company’s assets, equipping 
students with knowledge about climate change and 
the role renewable energy can play in powering a 
more sustainable future. Between Sept 23 – July 24, 
the Company delivered 13 classroom workshops and 
facilitated 16 site visits with support from site engineers 
and other Bluefield employees. 
The Company has also paid over £296,000 to 
community benefit schemes12, funding local community 
projects. For example, in connection with Bradenstoke 
Solar Farm, a £10,000 grant was used towards the 
construction of a new, larger village hall, serving the 
communities of East Tytherton, Tytherton Lucas and 
neighbouring villages and hamlets within the Bremhill 
civil parish.
Wild Power® Gold certification
In May 2024, West Raynham Solar Farm was awarded gold 
certification from Wild Power®, an independent certifier 
providing tools and processes to help developers and 
operators measure, manage, monitor and report on their 
biodiversity efforts11. 
Biodiversity and land management specialists from Bluefield 
Operations 
and 
Wychwood 
Biodiversity 
conducted 
an 
ecological survey which identified appropriate management 
improvements for the site. The existing measures and new 
additional features contributed to the site achieving its Wild 
Power® gold certification. The site already hosted approxi-
mately 40 acres of wildflower meadow with conservation 
grazing, and five acres of young tree plantings. Enhancement 
work included increasing ecological data monitoring and 
availability, conducting an ecosystem services assessment, 
and installing additional microhabitats for protected species 
including birds, reptiles, and a maternity bat roost box.
Joe Arafa, Director of Wild Power® said: “We are delighted 
to have issued the UK’s first Wild Power® certification to 
Bluefield’s West Raynham Solar Farm. We commend Bluefield 
for their work to enhance the biodiversity measures at the 
site and congratulate them for achieving Wild Power’s gold 
standard at West Raynham.”
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
40

Delivery Partnerships 
Engagement with key service providers is the primary 
method 
for 
implementing 
sustainable 
business 
practices by the Company. During the 2022/2023 
Year, several policies were adopted by the Company, 
including a Sustainable Procurement Policy, Human 
Rights Policy, Waste Management Policy and Supplier 
Code of Conduct. 
Focus during the Year was on the implementation 
of these policies across the Company’s operations. 
For example, an external consultant was engaged to 
support the Company in reviewing human rights due 
diligence processes across the asset lifecycle. There was 
continued roll-out of the Company’s Supplier Code of 
Conduct, with a spend-based approach taken to identify 
priority suppliers to engage with. A webinar was held in 
June 2024 to offer suppliers the opportunity to learn 
more about the Code and how it applies. Bluefield also 
adopted its own Supplier Code of Conduct, relating to its 
UK operations13, enabling the cascade of the Company’s 
ESG expectations onto a subset of its tier 2 (i.e., not 
directly engaged by the Company) suppliers. Work 
will continue over the coming year to further integrate 
the policies across the Company’s operations and key 
service providers. 
Community engagement during the 
construction of Yelvertoft Solar Farm
Since 2022, the Company has proactively engaged with 
the community surrounding its new 48.4 MWp Yelvertoft 
Solar Farm in Northamptonshire, aiming to keep residents 
informed about progress on construction and invite feedback. 
The Company’s development partner, Bluefield Renewable 
Developments, and EPC contractor for the site, Equans, have 
facilitated this process. The Company has shared updates 
on its measures to protect biodiversity at the site (in line 
with planning requirements) and the drainage management 
systems installed to help prevent flooding, which had 
previously caused issues in the area. Positive feedback on 
the impact of the flood mitigation measures has already been 
received. 
A community benefit fund has also been established, with the 
Company providing an annual contribution to the Yelvertoft 
parish council to support initiatives benefiting local residents. 
In addition, the Company has facilitated site visits and solar 
energy lessons for children at local primary schools, providing 
students with an insight into the construction process and 
how the constituent elements of a solar farm work together to 
produce renewable energy. 
Health & Safety
The Investment Adviser continues to ensure health 
and safety (H&S) awareness, policies, processes and 
procedures remain at the forefront of activity around the 
Company’s portfolio. Asset H&S policies are reviewed 
at least annually by a third-party H&S advisor. All main 
O&M contractors are audited annually by a qualified 
third-party specialist consultant, with any key findings 
followed up on by the Asset Manager. 
EPC contractors, O&M Contractors, and Asset Managers 
provide updates on their H&S performance on a regular 
basis. For the Year, the Company recorded:
•	 Lost time incident rate (calculated per 100,000 
employees): 1.16
•	 Number of reportable accidents (RIDDOR)14: 3 
•	 Number of near misses:  169
The majority of near misses were reported by Bluefield 
Operations, where identifying, investigating, and 
reporting near miss incidents is culturally ingrained 
within the organisation (helping reduce the probability 
of H&S incidents occurring). Therefore, the relatively 
high number of near misses is reflective of a proactive 
risk management culture.
Case 
Study
Engaging with Engineering, Procurement, and Construction 
(EPC) Contractors
The Company recently engaged a new EPC contractor to deliver construction works 
for an upcoming project. The Investment Adviser engaged and supported the EPC 
to calculate their carbon footprint for the first time. Such actions demonstrate the 
Company’s efforts to positively influence contractors and suppliers in the sector and 
support them in their responsible business approach. 
13.	 Relating to Bluefield Partners LLP, Bluefield Services Limited, Bluefield Operations Limited, Bluefield Renewable Developments 
Limited and Bluefield Construction Management Limited. 
14.	 RIDDOR: Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013. Metric reflects incidents which occurred 
on the Company’s sites.
Case 
Study
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
41

•	 Review of the Company’s current human rights 
KPIs; and
•	 Review of the Company’s human rights commun-
ication processes. 
This analysis led to recommendations tailored to the 
asset lifecycle and identified actions to be taken, where 
needed, at each lifecycle stage (e.g. development, 
construction and ongoing operation). The Company 
also mapped mitigations currently taken against 
identified risks and steps required to further advance 
its due diligence approach. The Company will continue 
to monitor and update its human rights due diligence 
processes, where appropriate, across the portfolio. 
7. GENERATING ENERGY RESPONSIBLY 
KEY COMMITMENTS: 
•	 Ensure 100% of the Company’s assets are covered 
by a Human Rights Policy, which covers United 
Nations Global Compact principles and OECD 
guidelines;
•	 Require adoption of the Company’s Supplier Code 
of Conduct by priority15 Tier 1 and, where possible, 
Tier 2 suppliers; and
•	 Continue to develop due diligence mechanisms to 
identify, prevent and mitigate human rights impacts 
across the Company’s operations and, where 
possible, its supply chain. 
SDG Contribution:
Human & Labour Rights 
Human and labour rights remain high priorities for 
the Company. While the Company recognises that 
its supply chains are complex and full transparency 
has not yet been achieved, it will continue to monitor 
its processes in relation to human and labour rights, 
committing to make improvements as the approach 
to conducting due diligence evolves. The Company 
also recognises that human rights due diligence is an 
ongoing process, where stakeholder engagement is 
important at each step. Please refer to the Company’s 
website (www.bluefieldsif.com) for further information 
on its approach to this area.  
In June 2023, the Company adopted a Human 
Rights Policy aligned to international standards 
and guidelines, notably the United Nations Guiding 
Principles on Business and Human Rights. Following 
adoption of this policy, focus has turned to its 
implementation, with the Company firstly reviewing 
its human rights due diligence processes. Key stages 
of the project included: 
•	 Identification of key stakeholder groups where 
human rights due diligence should be focused; 
•	 High-level assessment of human rights risk for 
each of these stakeholder groups, informed by a 
risk workshop attended by Bluefield stakeholders 
(who are involved at different stages of the asset 
lifecycle). The result was the identification of high 
priority risks and the potential impact of each on 
rightsholders;
•	 An environmental & social risk analysis on the 
Company’s top 20 suppliers, following a spend 
based approach; 
15.	 Following a spend-based approach. 
BEEHIVE AT LITTLE BEAR
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
42

Examples of the Company’s human rights due 
diligence and management mechanisms:
• 	Human rights considerations embedded 
within pre-investment due diligence; 
• 	Comprehensive ESG due diligence 
undertaken on key third parties such as 
EPCs, or O&M service providers as part of 
transactions;
• 	Obligation for new key suppliers to 
adhere to the Company’s Supplier Code of 
Conduct;
•	 Human rights considerations built into 
procurement oversight processes for key 
infrastructure, specifically solar PV and 
battery energy storage systems;
• 	Adoption of policies aligned to human rights 
frameworks; 
• 	Social audits requested for solar PV 
manufacturing facilities as part of EPC 
engagements; and
• 	External ESG risk analysis undertaken on 
key solar and battery manufacturers.
Responsible and Sustainable Procurement 
Since the turn of the century, the renewables industry 
has scaled rapidly and achieved significant growth. 
However, due in part to the long lifespan of renewable 
energy infrastructure, which can reach 40 years, there has 
historically been a limited focus on end-of-life processes. As 
the first generation of solar and wind farms approach the end 
of their economic lifetimes, responsible decommissioning 
of sites and equipment is becoming a key sustainability 
topic. Increased scrutiny on ESG credentials has brought 
this issue to the attention of the industry, investors, and the 
media, highlighting the potential environmental impact and 
the opportunity to improve circularity by reusing materials 
and reducing waste. Addressing this challenge could unlock 
emissions reduction opportunities and value in constituent 
materials. 
During the Year, the Company partnered with Lancaster 
University to launch a research programme focused on end-
of-life decision-making for renewable assets. The first stage 
of the programme, due for completion in September 2024, 
was a project focused upon the development of a ‘materials 
passport’ for a new build solar farm. The aim of the project was 
to map the constituent equipment and components needed 
to build a solar farm, enabling insight into opportunities to 
enhance the recyclability, recycled content, and recovery of 
materials. 
Materials passports are a concept gaining traction across the 
construction industry16, and the Company is pleased to have 
applied this principle to a UK solar project17. This material 
mapping exercise may also unlock opportunities or points of 
leverage from an emissions reduction, climate adaptation, 
and nature perspective. This project will enable the Company 
to better consider circular economy principles in future 
construction projects. 
Good Governance and Business Ethics 
Corporate Governance 
Please refer to page 78 for the Company’s Corporate 
Governance Report
As an FCA-regulated entity, the Investment Adviser 
maintains high standards of professional conduct. Key 
policies, including in relation to anti-bribery, anti-corruption 
and anti-money laundering, conflicts of interest, and 
compliance are in place, and third-party compliance advisers 
are used to ensure regulatory obligations are met through 
quarterly reviews and the undertaking of an annual audit 
of business activities. As part of an employee’s induction 
process, employees are guided through the Investment 
Adviser’s position on anti-bribery and corruption. To ensure 
ongoing awareness, all employees are required to complete 
computer-based training on this topic. In addition, in 
support of the Investment Adviser’s approach towards 
appropriate conduct and ethics, employees are required to 
sit computer-based training on Bullying and Harassment 
and Whistleblowing. 
Diversity 
Diversity is an important consideration for the effective 
functioning of the Company’s Board. Please refer to page 92 
of the Corporate Governance Report for further information 
on the Board’s commitment in this area. 
16.	 Materials Passports: Accelerating Material Reuse in Construction. / Costa, Ana; Hoolahan, Rachel. London: Orms designers and architects ltd, 2024. 74 p.
17.	 Note that materials passports are applied in other contexts across the globe, signalling the direction of travel; for example, the recent 
amendment to the EU Directive 2006/66/EC Battery Regulation, introduces a requirement for all EV and industrial batteries over 2kWh to 
have a unique ‘battery passport’ by 1 February 2027.
The Company’s Modern 
Slavery Statement is available 
on its website 
(www.bluefieldsif.com)
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
43

Board Training 
The Board undertook training sessions to build 
awareness of climate-related issues. One session 
focused upon net zero targets and pathways, including 
the different accreditation frameworks available and 
the Company’s proposed targets up to 2030. The 
other session, in July 2024, explored the climate risk 
work undertaken by the Company to date, with special 
consideration of topics such as extreme heat, changing 
wind patterns, and the Company’s climate adaptation 
plan.
Cybersecurity 
Cyber security risk is managed under the Company’s 
overarching risk management framework, and the 
Company looks to continually evolve its approach to 
cyber security, including through periodic reviews and 
engagement with key service providers. The Investment 
Adviser has continued to arrange penetration testing 
of 74% of the portfolio (excluding small scale sites) 
by a specialist external consultant, as part of a cyber 
security review. Further tests are planned for the 
coming financial year. 
8. LOOKING FORWARD 
As the Company looks to 2025, its commitment to 
sustainability and responsible investment remains 
resolute. Recognising the dynamic nature of ESG factors 
and the evolving regulatory landscape, the Company 
is poised to enhance its approach to align with best 
practices and emerging standards. With a clear vision 
and adaptive strategy, the Company is confident in its 
ability to deliver sustainable value for its shareholders 
in an increasingly changing world.
REPOWERING TURBINE IN NOTHERN IRELAND
44
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ESG APPENDIX
The following table highlights the Company’s ESG performance for the Year. Performance has been reported separately for wholly owned assets and the strategic partnership with GLIL Infrastructure. Where 
referenced, unless otherwise stated, ‘assets’ refers to operational and construction assets.
PILLAR 
COMMITMENT
SUPPORTING KPI/S 
PRIOR YEAR 
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR 18
(strategic partnership)
CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION
Report renewable energy generation 
annually.
Renewable energy generated (MWh)
836,231
810,602
11,160 
CO2e avoided19 (tCO2e)
173,000 
167,800
2,300
Equivalent houses powered (#)
288,000
300,000 
4,100 
Additional solar infrastructure under construction 
(MW)
93
93
-
Estimated additional annual renewable energy gen­
eration (MWh)
91,000 
91,000 
-
Battery assets under construction (MW)
-
-
-
Invest in industry collaborations to support 
the energy transition.
Revenue targeting industry collaboration (£)
£020
£25,000
-
Report against the Company’s carbon 
emissions annually.21
Scope 1 GHG Emissions (tCO2e)
19
45
1
Scope 2 GHG Emissions (tCO2e) 22
1,422
399
0
Scope 3 GHG Emissions (tCO2e)
27,963
18,299
54
Total GHG Emissions (tCO2e)
29,404
18,743
55
Carbon Footprint (tCO2e) 
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
-
GHG intensity (tCO2e / EUR Rev)
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
-
Develop a Net Zero pathway.
Net Zero pathway developed (Y/N)
No
Yes – targets developed.
-
Implement renewable energy import tariffs 
across the portfolio.23
Installed capacity with renewable energy import 
tariffs (%)24
85%
80%
100%
Share of non-renewable energy consumption and 
non-renewable energy production of investee 
companies from non-renewable energy sources 
compared to renewable energy sources (%)
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Continue to build climate resilience and 
inform business strategy through climate risk 
assessments and scenario analysis.25
Scenario analysis undertaken (Y/N)
Yes
Yes
-
Climate adaptation plan developed (Y/N)26
No 
Yes
-
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
45

PILLAR 
COMMITMENT
SUPPORTING KPI/S 
PRIOR YEAR 
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR 
(strategic partnership)
PIONEERING POSITIVE LOCAL IMPACT
Evaluate biodiversity net gain across the 
operational portfolio and achieve at least 
20% biodiversity net gain on new solar 
developments.27
New developments that have had biodiversity net 
gain assessment (%)
100%
100%
-
New solar developments with at least 20% 
biodiversity net gain achieved (%)
100% 
67% 28
-
Existing sites with biodiversity net gain assessment (#)
30
45
-
Conduct independent biodiversity 
assessments across at least 10% of sites 
annually (relating to assets over 1MW in 
capacity).
Operational assets independently assessed (relating 
to assets over 1MW in capacity) (%)
11%
11%
-
Notable species identified (e.g., red and amber listed 
species) (#)
Red listed bird species: 12
Amber listed bird species: 17 
Red listed bird species: 15
Amber listed bird species: 17
Assets without a biodiversity protection policy 
covering operational sites owned, leased, managed 
in, or adjacent to, a protected area or an area of high 
biodiversity value outside protected areas (%)
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Develop a nature framework, building upon 
existing biodiversity commitments and 
encompassing the recommendations of the 
TNFD. 
Nature framework developed (Y/N) 
No
Yes
-
Minimise potential risks posed to threatened 
species by the Company’s assets and apply 
industry best practice to new sites under 
development.
Assets that are located in or near to29 biodiversity-
sensitive areas (%)
27% 30
27%
30%
Assets that negatively affect biodiversity-sensitive 
areas (%)
0% - Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
0% - Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Assets which are deemed to have operations that 
affect threatened species (%)
0% - Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
0% - Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Continue to promote positive action within 
the communities the Company operates 
within through community benefit funds and 
educational sessions.
Revenue given to partnerships benefiting the local 
community (£)
£20,000 
 £28,000
-
Revenue paid to community benefit schemes (£)
>£287,00031
>£296,000
-
Young people engaged (#)
647 (between May – Jul 23).
501 (between Sep 23 – July 
24)
-
Educational workshops delivered (including site visits) 
(#) 
25, including 17 school 
workshops and 8 site visits 
(between May – Jul 23).
29, including 13 school 
workshops and 16 site visits 
(between Sep 23 – July 24)
-
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
46

PILLAR 
COMMITMENT
SUPPORTING KPI/S 
PRIOR YEAR 
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR 
(strategic partnership)
Insist that Tier 1 suppliers that directly 
service the portfolio32 report H&S 
performance on a quarterly basis.
Lost time incident rate (per 100,000 employees)
-
1.16
-
Number of reportable accidents (RIDDOR) (#)
6
3
1
Number of near misses (#)
154
169
32
Bluefield employees who have received H&S training 
(%) 
100% (as at 28 Sept 23)
100% (as at 1 Aug 24)
-
PILLAR 
COMMITMENT
SUPPORTING KPI/S 
PRIOR YEAR 
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR 
(strategic partnership)
GENERATING ENERGY RESPONSIBLY 
Map the Company’s supply chains, with 
priority given to Tier 1 suppliers.
Tier 1 suppliers mapped by spend (%)33
100%
100%
-
Tier 2 suppliers mapped by spend (relating to 
Bluefield service providers) (%) 34
100%
100%
-
Ensure 100% of the Company’s assets are 
covered by a Human Rights Policy, which 
covers United Nations Global Compact 
principles and OECD guidelines.
Assets with Human Rights Policy (%)
100%
100%
-
Continue to develop due diligence 
mechanisms to identify, prevent and mitigate 
human rights impacts across the Company’s 
operations and, where possible, its supply 
chain. 
Assets with a due diligence process to identify, 
prevent, mitigate, and address adverse human rights 
impacts (%)
100%
100%
-
Share of investments in assets without policies to 
monitor compliance with the UNGC principles or 
OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises or 
grievance /complaints handling mechanisms to 
address violations of the UNGC principles or OECD 
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises (%)
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
-
Implement mechanisms to measure the 
Company’s hazardous waste ratio.
Tonnes of hazardous waste and radioactive waste 
generated by assets per million EUR invested, 
expressed as a weighted average
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
Please refer to the 
Company’s PAI statement.
-
Clearly communicate the ESG governance 
structure.
Clear governance structures in ESG report (Y/N)
Yes
Yes
-
PIONEERING 
POSITIVE LOCAL 
IMPACT
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
47

18.  ESG performance relating to the period 1 Jan 2024 – 30 Jun 2024 and apportioned according to the Com­
pany’s 9% equity stake (where appropriate).
19.	 KPI updated from ‘savings’ to ‘avoided’. 
20.	 £50,000 was allocated but the project was not finalised until the current Year.
21.	 Please note that the emissions stated for the current Year are not comparable with the prior Year due to a 
change in methodology. Further details are provided within the TCFD disclosure, on p.56.
22.	 Market-based emissions are stated.
23.	 The KPI of ‘Relative percentage of renewable and non-renewable energy consumed by the Company (%)’ 
has been removed. Renewable energy consumption will continue to be tracked via the KPI of ‘Installed 
capacity with renewable energy import tariffs’.
24.	 Relates to assets where the Company has control over the procurement of imported electricity.
25.	 The KPI of ‘climate change risk and vulnerability assessment undertaken (Y/N)’ has been removed as this 
has been completed.  
26.	 Updated from ‘Assets covered by a climate adaptation plan (%)’
27.	 Relating to planning applications submitted by the Company together with its development partners during 
the Year.
28.	 One planning application submitted during the Year did not reach a 20% uplift on hedgerow units (but did 
achieve >55% uplift on habitat units).
29.	 Defined as within 1 kilometre of a biodiversity-sensitive area. 
30.	 KPI has been updated from 22% (as presented in the 2023 Annual Report & Financial Statements).
31.	 Note that the figure of >£253,000 published within the 2023 Annual Report & Financial Statements was 
restated.
32.	 Suppliers relates to EPC, O&M, and asset management contractors.
33.	 Updated from ‘Tier 1 supply chains mapped (%)’.
34.	 Updated from ‘Tier 2 supply chains mapped (relating to Bluefield service providers) (%)’.
PILLAR 
COMMITMENT
SUPPORTING KPI/S 
PRIOR YEAR 
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR
(wholly owned assets)
YEAR 
(strategic partnership)
GENERATING ENERGY RESPONSIBLY
Further diversify the Company’s Board.
Ratio of female to male board members expressed 
as a percentage of all board members (%)
40%
40%
33%
Number of board positions held by a woman (#)
2
2
1 
Number of board members from a non-white ethnic 
minority background (#)
-
-
-
Ensure 100% of the Company’s assets are 
covered by a sustainable procurement policy. 
Assets with Sustainable Procurement Policy (%)
100%
100%
-
Require adoption of the Company’s Supplier 
Code of Conduct by priority Tier 1 and, where 
possible, Tier 2 suppliers
Tier 1 suppliers signed Supplier Code of Conduct (#)
26
30
-
Tier 2 suppliers signed Supplier Code of Conduct (#) 
-
22
-
Encourage O&M contractors to follow the 
waste hierarchy principles.
Assets with a waste management policy (%)
100%
100%
-
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
48

1. INTRODUCTION 
The Company’s core objective, to provide attractive returns to 
Shareholders through investment in renewable energy infrastructure 
assets, sets it in an advantageous position to capitalise upon 
opportunities that arise from the transition to a low carbon economy. 
However, climate change is dynamic and uncertain, and societal 
response will be shaped by climate events of varying severity and 
impact, depending on the trajectory that global emissions take. The 
Company is committed to having a climate resilient strategy in place, 
supported by scenario analysis and risk management processes, to 
strengthen its ability to deliver shareholder value in a changing world. 
The following report explains how the Company is working to comply 
with all eleven recommendations of the TCFD. 
Please note the impact of the Company’s new strategic partnership 
(namely the emissions associated with the Company’s 9% equity 
share) has been considered within the GHG inventory table on page 56.
Task Force for 
Climate-related 
Financial 
Disclosures 
(TCFD) 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
49

2. GOVERNANCE
Board oversight
The Board has ultimate responsibility for and oversight 
of climate-related risks and opportunities; please 
refer to page 35 for how the Board oversees progress 
against ESG (including climate) commitments, KPIs and 
targets. Any sustainability– or climate-specific targets 
in development (e.g. a net zero target) are presented to 
the Board by the Investment Adviser so they can review, 
challenge and, if satisfied, approve.  
The Board remains well-informed of developing physical 
and transitional risks and opportunities associated with 
climate change, and how these might materialise in 
the Company’s short-, medium- and long-term future, 
through close engagement with the Investment Adviser. 
In July 2024, the Board was trained on the use of 
scenario analysis as a tool to inform risk management 
and strategic decision-making and presented with 
the combined results of physical scenario analyses 
undertaken over the last 18 months. 
Every investment decision considered by the Board 
is associated with renewable energy infrastructure. 
Therefore, the Board is conversant in assessing climate-
related opportunities. Increased consideration of 
climate-related risks, particularly physical risks, has 
therefore been the main area of focus for the Company 
since adopting the TCFD recommendations. 
The consideration of trade-offs is inherent to the 
Board’s decision-making process. For example, the 
Board recognises that CO2e emissions are incurred 
during the construction of new assets, both from the 
embodied carbon and installation process. However, 
the Company quantified these emissions, through a 
lifecycle carbon assessment for a new build 50MW 
solar asset based in the UK. The results indicated an 
estimated payback period of between one to three 
years, thereby demonstrating a net positive effect 
on the lifetime avoided emissions of the asset once 
operational. Such analyses inform the Board’s decision 
to build out a development pipeline in order to support 
the decarbonisation of the energy sector long-term.  
 
Management
The Investment Adviser is responsible for day-to-day 
management of ESG, including climate matters, and 
progress is communicated to the Board as described on 
page 35. ESG is an agenda item for both the Board and 
the Investment Adviser, where it is discussed as part of 
wider strategic priorities and risk management. 
Roles and responsibilities are defined within the 
Company’s ESG structure on page 35. The Investment 
Adviser oversees the implementation of the Company’s 
ESG Strategy, which includes a climate change 
mitigation pillar, under which specific climate-related 
commitments and KPIs have been developed. In line 
with this strategy, the Investment Adviser works with 
the Company’s key service providers to continue to 
integrate climate considerations across the asset 
lifecycle, including pre-investment due diligence, asset 
management and reporting. Asset data collected from 
service providers is collated by the Investment Adviser 
and used to inform the ongoing assessment of climate-
related risks and opportunities. 
Remuneration of the Investment Adviser is not directly 
linked to sustainability metrics and targets (e.g. GHG 
emissions). However, the nature of the Company’s 
asset class targets climate change mitigation, and 
the successful pursuit of that objective is reflected 
in remuneration. This creates alignment between 
Shareholder interest, climate change mitigation and the 
Investment Adviser’s commercial interest.   
3. STRATEGY 
The Company’s strategy is aligned to climate change mitigation, 
which seeks to tackle one of the primary root causes of climate-
related risk and take advantage of any feasible opportunities. 
To inform its strategy, the Company has continued to employ 
scenario analysis35 as a tool to better characterise its most 
material climate-related risks and opportunities, understanding 
how those risks and opportunities could materialise over short-, 
medium- and long-term time horizons (2030, 2040 and 2050, 
respectively). Key insights from these analyses are described 
in the following section, which is concluded with an overall 
assessment of the Company’s resilience to climate change in 
each emissions scenario.
Approach to Scenario Analyses 
Three scenario analyses have been undertaken to date: the 
first assessed risks associated with the transition to a low 
carbon economy, the second focused upon the impact of 
extreme heat for solar PV and battery storage assets, and the 
third analysed the impact of projected changes in wind speed 
on wind assets. These were identified as potentially financially 
material physical risks to the Company during climate screening 
workshops. These workshops were held with representatives 
from the Bluefield service provider companies and steered by 
consideration of forward-looking climate projections. Flood risk 
was also considered to be potentially financially material, but 
this is subject to extensive assessment and mitigation as part 
of the standard regulatory planning and development process. 
35.	 Assumptions and limitations: The Company acknowledges the un­
certainty offered by climate change scenarios, and thus the results 
of the scenario analyses will be used as an approximate, rather than 
definitive, guide. 
TASK FORCE FOR CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
50

36.	 The RCPs pre-dated the SSP scenario’s and were developed by the International Panel on Climate Change, they were the 
dominate scenarios used in Coupled Model Intercomparison Project (CMIP) 5
37.	 The SSPs are a range of new “pathways” built by the International Panel on Climate Change in CMIP 6 to examine how global 
society, demographics and economics might change over the next century with climate change. 
38.	  The NGFS, established at the Paris “One Planet Summit” in 2017 by eight central banks and supervisors, has developed glob­
al climate models to provide granular data on transition pathways and climate impacts, to understand how climate change, 
climate policy and technology trends could evolve in different futures.
Table 1: Scenarios used for transitional and physical scenario analyses, based on established climate models. 
Broad alignment exists between each set of scenarios, despite slight differences in warming implications. 
WARMING IMPLICATIONS
Description of Scenario
Physical
Transitional
Net Zero by 
2050
Global cooperation for effective regulation & mitigation of 
emissions, avoiding the worst impacts of climate change. 
Shifts occur gradually toward a more sustainable & inclu­
sive path, meeting Paris Agreement goals.
<2°C
1.5°C
Delayed 
Transition
Progress is delayed; effective policies are not introduced 
until 2030 or later, and in a more rapid and disruptive 
manner. Warming exceeds 2°C and a degree of 
environmental degradation occurs, but damages are 
constrained by improvements in energy and resource use.
2-4°C
<2°C
Current 
Policies
Continued emphasis on economic growth and techno­
logical progress. Effective policies to decarbonise are not 
introduced globally and there is continued reliance on 
fossil fuels, leading to high levels of warming, which could 
exceed 4°C.
>4°C
>3°C
The scenarios used in the physical analysis were derived from Representative Concentration Pathways (“RCPs”)36 
and Shared Socioeconomic Pathways (“SSPs”)37; the transitional scenarios were derived from global climate models 
produced by the Network for Greening the Financial System (“NGFS”)38. The SSP pathways denote higher warming 
potential, which better highlights physical risks, whilst the NGFS pathways more effectively portray transitional 
impacts. The results of these analyses are presented in the ‘Strategy’ section and continue to be developed and 
integrated into business strategy and financial planning.
Whilst there is some variance in the results of the analyses 
by scenario up to 2050, it should be noted that the primary 
divergence in impact between scenarios is expected to be seen 
between 2050 and 2100. The remaining weighted average life of 
the Company’s portfolio of assets means there is limited exposure 
to variability in these scenarios. The impact assessment below 
can therefore be read across all scenarios, and is not specific to 
certain variabilities of these scenarios.  
Results of Physical Scenario Analysis 
The following section summarises the extreme heat and wind-
focused physical scenario analyses, setting out the potential 
impact on the business model and value chain. Please refer 
to the Company’s 2023 TCFD report (Table 2, page 45 of the 
Company’s 2023 Annual Report) for a more detailed breakdown 
of the impact of extreme heat across the different scenarios 
referenced above. 
Physical Analysis – Impacts of extreme heat on yield 
Above a certain temperature threshold (around 25°C), heat 
can start to affect multiple components of PV systems, 
resulting in efficiency losses in PV modules, accelerated PV 
cell degradation, and inverter failure. As average temperatures 
increase with climate change, the IPCC predicts extreme heat 
events will become more frequent and severe39, presenting a 
risk to the Company’s portfolio over the short, medium, and 
long term. Heat is expected to manifest as a risk to solar asset 
performance in two ways: the chronic effects of long-term 
average temperature rise on PV cell efficiency, and acute failure 
of key components (i.e., inverters) during heatwaves, both of 
which can impact yield. 
39.	 Chapter 11: Weather and Climate Extreme Events in a Changing 
Climate | Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis (ipcc.ch)
TASK FORCE FOR CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
51

The Company notes that components of wind turbines 
may also be exposed to risk of overheating. However, 
this was not considered likely to become material during 
initial climate screening workshops, and thus has not 
been modelled to date. 
Chronic Risk
Average temperature rise represents a more sustained 
financial risk to the solar portfolio. PV systems begin 
to experience curtailments in output efficiency due to 
heat at approximately 25°C. Although technologies 
vary, every degree of temperature rise over this 
threshold is considered to result in an approximate 
0.41% reduction in efficiency. As average temperatures 
rise, solar cells will be pushed beyond their optimal 
operating temperature more frequently and to a greater 
extent, in line with the trajectory of global emissions.
Whilst the impact of extreme heat on yield is not 
considered to be financially material at present, 
the Company notes the unpredictability of climate 
projections, and thus is assessing adaptative measures 
to address these risks. Technological advancements 
of PV systems are helping to mitigate this risk in part; 
PV panels with improved temperature coefficients 
are becoming available to the market. The Company 
considers the heat resilience of PV technologies 
installed within new build projects, capturing this 
information within asset-specific adaptation plans41. 
The Investment Adviser will assess the feasibility 
of additional mitigation measures, including novel 
solutions entering the market. 
The Impact of Changing Wind Speed on Yield42
Modelling changes to wind speed associated with climate 
change is a highly complex and uncertain exercise. The many 
determinants of storms and high winds, and non-linear 
dynamics within the global climate system, make them difficult 
to model compared with temperature change. Increasingly 
severe storms and high wind speeds have been noted in the UK 
over the past 40 years43, and it is acknowledged that this could 
increase further with climate change. Moreover, the chronic 
effect of the ‘global stilling’ phenomenon, whereby polar regions 
have warmed faster than tropical regions, reducing atmospheric 
pressure differences and wind speeds as a result, has been 
detected over similar timeframes and is expected to continue 
in some projections44. Despite the uncertainty, it is essential to 
have a forward-looking view of these factors and understand 
how they may be exacerbated by climate change, as both have 
the potential to impact wind asset performance.
Acute Risk
High wind speeds present a double-edged sword for wind 
turbines; up to a certain threshold, they can drive greater 
generation yields and create more revenue. However, when wind 
speeds exceed approximately 55-65mph, turbines may shut 
down to prevent asset damage. This is a key mitigation to acute 
damage caused by high winds and storms to protect the turbines. 
Acute high wind speed events are expected to increase with 
climate change. The analysis indicated that the highest winds 
will be felt in the extremities of the UK (i.e., Northern Scotland 
and Cornwall). Although more frequent turbine shutdowns in 
these areas may lead to lost revenue, the benefit of higher wind 
speeds across the rest of the UK is likely to outweigh this cost 
to the Company. Diversity in the portfolio between geography 
and asset classes enables the Company to take advantage of 
any beneficial weather conditions that climate change may bring 
whilst helping mitigate the negative impacts.
Acute Risk
Extreme heat events (e.g. heatwaves) are typically 
short-term spikes that can lead to failures in constituent 
components within a PV system. The threshold at which 
failures are more commonly observed was agreed by 
Bluefield to be 33°C, informed by past events on the solar 
portfolio. The number of days exceeding this temperature 
are likely to increase, primarily impacting PV systems 
through their ancillary equipment (e.g. inverters). 
Although there are associated losses to revenue during 
downtime, the results of the scenario analysis imply that 
this may not be financially material. However, it should 
be noted that this analysis does not consider the full 
suite of risks that extreme heat events could present 
to the Company; for instance, the cost of equipment 
replacement or repair, or compound risks associated 
with multiple climate-related events playing out at once, 
which were not modelled. Nevertheless, considerate 
design, procurement and planning can help mitigate the 
impact of heat. For example, inverters can be located 
away from other equipment to prevent overheating, 
and increasingly, technologies with a greater capacity to 
dissipate heat (through fans or internal cooling systems) 
are becoming available to the market. 
In addition to PV systems, the impact of extreme heat 
on battery storage systems was evaluated. Analysis of 
technical specifications revealed that battery storage 
systems40 appear resilient to the UK temperature 
ranges predicted across all three scenarios, with in-built 
cooling systems able to maintain internal ambient air 
temperature and therefore optimal asset performance. 
Thus, extreme heat should not present a material risk 
to the operation of battery storage systems adopted into 
the Company’s portfolio in the future. 
40.	 Please note that the battery storage system modelled was deemed to be representative of those currently available on the 
market. However, specifications do vary.
41.	 Note asset-specific adaptation plans are produced for all new build assets, of which the Company has completed two to date. 
42.	 The Company is aware that in extreme cases, high winds can cause damage to solar assets. Although not modelled within the 
wind scenario analysis, these events are isolated and are not expected to be financially material.
43.	  https://www.metoffice.gov.uk/research/climate/understanding-cli­
mate/uk-and-global-extreme-events-wind-storms 
44.	 Global ‘Stilling’: Is Climate Change Slowing Down the Wind? -  Yale E360
TASK FORCE FOR CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
52

Assessment of resilience
Drawing on the results from all three scenario analyses, the Company has assessed its resilience to climate-related risk 
in each of the scenarios, summarised below. Work will continue to integrate findings from the scenario analyses into the 
Company’s risk management processes, strategic and investment-related decisions, and financial planning. 
Net Zero (1.5°C – 2°C)
Due to the nature of its investments, few transitional risks are expected to present a high risk to the Company. The greatest 
risks in this scenario come from technology change in the long-term. This could quicken the rate of asset depreciation 
and require large scale investment to install new technologies across the portfolio. However, the Company views the 
accompanying opportunity as high. Technological progress may lead to greater yielding PV assets as well as better battery 
storage solutions, combining to increase revenues. Policy and legal shifts are also likely to present high opportunities over 
the long term, which the Company is well placed for, as they create conditions conducive to growth of the portfolio.
Delayed Transition (2-4°C)
In a Delayed Transition, the medium term is more disruptive than the other scenarios. This is due to significant shifts 
required to move to a low-carbon trajectory, compensating for previous inaction. Again, this creates both risks and 
opportunities to the Company. Market shifts are particularly likely: service providers may face supply chain issues, and 
revenues may be exposed to risk from volatility in power prices. However, the opportunity from a disorderly transition 
is that there is a sudden shift away from fossil fuels, which is likely to cause a demand spike for renewable energy. 
With the Company’s growing portfolio and development pipeline, it has the opportunity to facilitate this increased 
demand. Reputational opportunities are also highest in this scenario in the long-term, as increased value is placed on 
sustainability credentials to limit warming. In a 2-4°C scenario, chronic physical risk increases over time, but to a lesser 
extent than in the >4° scenario; greater yield losses are felt for PV, due to rising temperatures, and for wind turbines, 
should stilling take effect. Incidences of acute wind and heat events similarly increase over time but are less impactful 
in this scenario, as much of the Company’s generation capacity is located away from the worst affected counties.
Current Policies (>3, >4°C)
The Company is generally exposed to lower transitional risks and opportunities in this scenario. As a provider of 
renewable energy, it stands to gain from a transition to a low carbon economy. If this does not occur, there may be limited 
opportunities to grow the portfolio beyond those experienced currently, across even the longest time horizons. A lack 
of climate policy and action will result in the greatest exacerbation of climate hazards, making physical risk to assets 
highest in this scenario, though not to the extent that is expected to cause a material financial impact to the Company. 
The value chain impact is potentially significant; climate-related disruption in the supply chain for new assets could lead 
to shortages of supply and price spikes, with polysilicon being a particularly volatile component of a PV system46. 
The Company will use the results of the climate modelling to inform investment decision-making and mitigation measures 
to enhance the long-term resilience of its portfolio to evolving physical climate risks. 
Chronic Risk
Despite an increase in extreme wind events, current 
projections suggest that overall annual average wind 
speeds will continue to decline across the UK. Scientific 
consensus and model agreement on the probable 
trajectory of wind stilling has not yet been reached, and 
therefore this scenario remains highly variable. Wind 
stilling poses a risk to average revenues as generation 
from turbines would decline. However, given the 
minority exposure of the Company’s investments to 
wind45 and the relatively slight impact on average 
speeds, it is not considered to be financially material 
at this time. However, given recent instability in power 
prices, the extent of possible financial impact is difficult 
to determine with a high degree of certainty.  
Results of Transitional Scenario Analysis 
Transitional opportunities are expected to predominate 
over transitional risks due to the nature of the Company 
and its key role in providing low carbon energy to a 
decarbonising economy. Risks associated with the low 
carbon transition are likely to become more apparent 
from 2030 onwards, as the realities of needing to meet 
net zero goals solidify. However, the accompanying 
opportunities are high, with taxes on emissions-
intensive industries and broader regulatory shifts that 
should encourage further investment into renewables.
Please refer to the Company’s 2023 TCFD report for a 
detailed summary of the transitional scenario analysis, 
conducted in 2022, which qualitatively assessed the 
impact of potential policy, regulatory, technology, 
and market changes associated with mitigative and 
adaptative responses to climate change. 
Key insights from this analysis are discussed together 
with physical risks within the context of resilience in the 
next section.
45.	 Limited to a maximum of 25% of the Company’s Gross 
Asset Value as per its Investment Policy.
46.	 https://energy.economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/renewable/unprecedented-polysilicon-price-volatility-threatening-solar-pow­
er-capacityinvestments/98382153
TASK FORCE FOR CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
53

4. RISK MANAGEMENT 
Governance 
For information relating the Board’s approach to risk management, which 
is inclusive of climate risk, please refer to page 62.
Physical risk management
Overall, the physical scenario analyses indicate that extreme heat and 
changing wind patterns do not currently pose a financially material risk to 
the Company with respect to asset yield and revenue generation. . 
The Company is, however, aware of the limitations of scenario analysis 
and the evolving nature of climate hazards. Of note is the fact that climate-
related risks are unlikely to occur in isolation; compound risks associated 
with the assets themselves and the broader supply chain may play out 
simultaneously, heightening the risk posed. 
To enable a dynamic response to physical climate risk, the Company has 
developed a portfolio-wide adaptation plan, which will help the Company 
monitor climate-related risks, further inform investment decisions, and 
identify opportunities to enhance resilience. The plan is structured around 
stages of the asset lifecycle, to support a holistic understanding of physical 
climate change impacts to the Company’s direct operations and key service 
providers, and to map out accountability across key stakeholders. It will 
also serve as an evidence base from which data to monitor risk can be 
refined and fed into strategic decision-making where necessary.
Transitional risk management 
Last year, the Company undertook a climate materiality assessment to 
identify physical and transitional climate-related risks considered to 
have the greatest potential to impact its investments, revenues, and 
organisational expenditure. This year, through the means of scenario 
analysis, the Investment Adviser sought to better characterise the 
impacts of identified material risks. 
The management of transitional risk is integrated within the responsi-
bilities of the Investment Adviser. Mitigation measures pertaining to key 
transitional risk areas, as identified in the transitional scenario analysis, 
are presented in Table 2.
Table 2: Mitigation measures used by the Company to manage transitional climate-related risks. 
TECHNOLOGY 
ADVANCES
The Investment Adviser models the operational asset life, taking account of depreciation 
and physical degradation, to forecast NAV and portfolio revenue. Outputs are listed in the 
Company’s risk register and are regularly updated to inform long-term scenario planning. 
This enables active risk management, including the arrangement of appropriate contingency 
funds for equipment failure and longer-term decision-making around asset repowering and 
equipment upgrades, helping reduce NAV depreciation. Diversification is another important 
resilience mechanism, allowing the Company to expand into alternative technologies. The 
Company’s development pipeline also gives it greater scope to implement new technologies 
as they become commercially viable.
BUSINESS 
REPUTATION 
The Company’s continued transparency regarding the climate actions it is taking, including 
voluntary alignment with the TCFD, helps mitigate against reputational risks. Robust 
compliance with ESG regulation further supports this. Within its ESG report, the Company 
aims to disclose information relating to both achievements (through a comprehensive set of 
commitments and KPIs) and challenges, helping to provide a balanced perspective. These 
actions stand to strengthen the Company’s reputation and financial benefit could be realised 
in the form of increased investment, as investor preferences shift towards low carbon energy 
and sustainable investment.
POLICY & 
LEGAL ACTION
The Investment Adviser’s legal counsel keeps abreast of upcoming policy and legal changes, 
and external legal and technical advisers support the Company in maintaining compliance 
with applicable policy and regulation. The Company has developed a robust set of policies to 
externalise ESG expectations to third parties, helping cascade responsible business practice 
across key service providers. As a FCA regulated entity, the Investment Adviser evidences 
high standards of professional conduct.
MARKET 
DISRUPTION
The Company’s investment strategy of owning and operating predominantly subsidised 
assets provides strong visibility of revenues and helps protect the Company against 
future regulatory changes in power markets. The Investment Adviser supplements this by 
continuously monitoring new long-term fixed revenue streams that are becoming available. 
For example, it secures contracts for difference, enhancing revenue visibility and security. In 
the future, the Company is expected to diversify its revenue streams through investment in 
batteries, which benefit from power price volatility. Novel revenue streams and technologies 
are continually evaluated for their ability to enhance the resilience of the Company’s long-
term investment objective. 
TASK FORCE FOR CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
54

Ongoing risk identification & assessment
Climate-related risks and opportunities are 
identified and assessed on an ongoing basis 
at different stages of the asset lifecycle. 
Climate considerations are integrated into 
pre-investment ESG due diligence and are a 
key consideration within the Company’s ESG 
strategy, aiding the long-term management of 
climate matters post-investment. Development 
partners, 
including 
Bluefield 
Renewables 
Development Limited, ensure that climate 
factors are considered during the development 
process of new assets, for example through 
flood risk assessments. 
On a daily basis, asset management and O&M 
service providers identify, escalate, and respond 
to climate-related incidents impacting the 
Company’s assets. Irregularities in generation 
are flagged in real time by monitoring teams 
who diagnose the issue, classify the risk, and 
communicate it to asset management and O&M 
teams through incident reports. Examples of 
risks classified as “climate-related” include 
string-level identification of inverter failures 
during heatwaves and downtime of wind 
turbines due to storm activity. 
The Company is also taking steps to engage 
its supply chain on climate risk through its net 
zero targets. Please refer to the net zero targets 
as further described within the ESG report on 
page 38. 
5. METRICS AND TARGETS 
Metrics 
The financial performance and overall success of the Company is 
intrinsically linked to opportunities that result from the transition 
to a low carbon economy. The Company monitors this through 
metrics relating to returns and dividends paid to Shareholders, 
which are underpinned by the total generation yield of the 
portfolio.  
The Company also tracks its ESG performance against a set of 
commitments and KPIs, enabling the Company to manage its 
ESG risks and opportunities alongside financial objectives (see 
ESG Appendix on page 45). As an infrastructure owner, the 
Company’s assets are vulnerable to physical and transitional 
climate risks, a selection of which have been explored 
quantitatively through scenario analysis (see Strategy section). 
47.	 Calculation of the carbon footprint was supported by a third-party consultant, but it has not been externally verified.
Insights from scenario analyses will be used to inform metrics 
used by the Company to assess and monitor climate-related 
risks and opportunities, and steer portfolio resilience measures. 
GHG Inventory results
The Company’s GHG inventory relating to the Year is presented 
in Table 347, calculated in line with the GHG Protocol Corporate 
Accounting Standard and the Partnership for Carbon Accounting 
Financials. DEFRA GHG reporting conversion factors, DEFRA 
conversion factors by SIC, and power provider specific emissions 
factor datasets were used in the analysis (corresponding with the 
period emissions were incurred). Some aspects of data collection 
remain challenging, and as a result, a proportion of data was 
estimated or extrapolated.
TURBINES AT BOTTOMLEY
TASK FORCE FOR CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
55

Table 3. the Company’s GHG emission inventory for the period 1 July 2023 – 30 June 2024, highlighting emission 
results per scope, including a breakdown of scope 3 categories. These figures are inclusive of the emissions 
associated with the Company’s investment stake in the strategic partnership with GLIL Infrastructure as of 30 June 
2024.
Emissions 
Location-Based 
(tCO2e)
%
Emissions 
Market-Based 
(tCO2e)
%
Scope 1
46
0.24
46
0.24
Scope 2
748
3.91
399
2.12
Scope 3
18,353
95.85
18,353
97.63
Purchased Goods & Services
18,065
18,065
Fuel and Energy Related Activities
260
260
Waste Generated in Operations
19
19
Water Consumption
0.1
0.1
Upstream Leased Assets49
9
9
Total
19,147
18,798
49. Please note this category relates to emissions from electricity consumed by assets where the Company does not have control 
over the electricity import tariff.
During the Year, the Company updated the boundaries of its 
GHG inventory to align with reporting done under the EU’s 
SFDR. Previously, an organisational boundary based on the 
operational control approach was defined; now, an equity share 
approach has been adopted. This also aligns with the financial 
reporting approach, which was deemed more appropriate given 
the Company’s recent strategic partnership. The Company has 
also had regard to guidance from the Partnership for Carbon 
Accounting Financials during this process, adjusting for the 
impact of debt in the structure.  
This change increased the accuracy of the Company’s inventory, 
and the Company will continue to evaluate and adjust its GHG 
accounting methodology as it evolves its approach. The Company 
will review opportunities to enhance the accuracy of scope 3 
data, particularly in relation to new asset construction, including 
the embodied carbon of supplied modules and emissions arising 
from installation. 
The Company’s scope 1 emissions have increased during 
the Year. This change pertains to a combination of increased 
generator usage for planned electricity network operator 
outages and essential maintenance and repair activities, as well 
as solar and wind asset repowering activities. The Company has 
observed a decrease in scope 2 emissions following the transfer 
of several assets onto renewable import tariffs. The Company’s 
adjusted scope 3 emissions appear to have decreased; however, 
it is noted that this is largely due to the described methodology 
changes.
Climate-related targets
The Company takes its role in the transition to net zero seriously 
and has developed net zero targets during the Year. The Company 
has also been identifying its dependencies to reach net zero; the 
business model means that operational assets rely on a number 
of third-party firms, and engagement with these providers will 
be critical to reduce carbon emissions across the supply chain. 
Please refer to page 40 for further information. 
MEADOW  AT  SAXLEY
TASK FORCE FOR CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
56

1. COMPANY’S OBJECTIVES 
AND STRATEGY
The Company seeks to provide Shareholders with an attractive 
and sustainable return, principally in the form of quarterly 
income distributions, by investing primarily in solar energy 
assets located in the UK. The Company also invests a minority 
of its capital into other renewable assets, including wind and 
energy storage. 
Subject to maintaining a prudent level of reserves, the 
Company aims to achieve quarterly income distributions 
through optimisation of asset performance, acquisitions and 
the use of gearing. The Company’s dividend target for the 
Year was 8.80pps and by declaring a fourth interim dividend 
of 2.20pps following three interim dividends of 2.20pps, the 
Company’s total dividend of the Year was 8.80pps. 
The Operational and Financial Review section on page 61 
provides further information relating to performance during 
the year.
Strategic 
Report
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
57

2. STRUCTURE 
The Company holds and manages its investments through a UK limited 
company, Bluefield Renewables 1 Limited (BR1), in which it is the sole 
shareholder. 
Management
Board and Committees
The independent Board is responsible to Shareholders for the overall 
management of the Company. The Board has adopted a Schedule of 
Matters Reserved for the Board which sets out the particular duties 
of the Board. Such reserved powers include decisions relating to the 
determination of investment policy, approval of new investments, 
oversight of the Investment Adviser, approval of changes in strategy, risk 
assessment, Board composition, capital structure, statutory obligations 
and public disclosure, financial reporting and entering into any material 
contracts by the Company.
Through the Committees and the use of external independent advisers, 
the Board manages risk and governance of the Company. The Board 
consists of five independent non-executive Directors, three of whom are 
Guernsey residents. See the Corporate Governance Report for further 
details.
Investment Adviser
The Investment Adviser’s key responsibilities include identifying and 
recommending suitable investments for the Company and negotiating 
the terms on which such investments will be made. 
Under a technical services agreement with BR1, the Investment Adviser 
is responsible for supervising and monitoring all existing investments. 
Additionally, the Investment Adviser has the same ownership as several 
key entities that provide essential services to the Company’s portfolio. 
BSL delivers asset management services, while BOL and BRD manage 
the operational aspects of most investments and oversee the pipeline of 
development projects, respectively. BCM, also under the same ownership 
as the Investment Adviser, provides construction management services 
for the new build portfolio.
During the Year, the Investment Adviser received a fee equivalent to 0.8% 
of NAV (Prior Year: 0.8%). A summary of the fees paid to the Investment 
Adviser is given in Note 16 of the financial statements. The fees paid to 
BSL, BRD, BOL and BCM are also detailed in Note 16.
Administrator
The Board delegated administration and company secretarial services to 
the Administrator. Further details on the responsibilities assigned to the 
Administrator can be found in the Corporate Governance Report.
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT
SPVs
(Portfolio 
Investments held 
in SPVs ultimately 
owned by 
the holding 
company)
EQUITY OWNERSHIP
SERVICES
Portfolio 
Sub Holding 
Companies
Portfolio 
Holding Company 
Bluefield Renewables 
1 Limited 
(UK)
Parent 
Bluefield Solar 
Income Fund Limited
(Guernsey: LSE Listed, 
July 2013)
Shareholders
ASSET MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
INVESTMENT 
ADVISORY 
AGREEMENT
LTF AGREEMENT
RCF AGREEMENT
COMPANY MANAGEMENT
SERVICE PROVIDERS
Company Advisers & 
Service Providers
(Company Secretary, Legal, 
Corporate Broking, Public 
Relations)
Revolving 
Credit Facility
RBSI / SANTANDER / LLOYDS
Development Partners
Investment Adviser 
BLUEFIELD PARTNERS LLP
Independent Board
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Strategy, Governance and 
Oversight
Long Term 
Finance Providers
O&M SERVICES
Construction Manager
BLUEFIELD CONSTRUCTION 
MANAGEMENT LIMITED
O&M Contractor
BLUEFIELD OPERATIONS 
LIMITED
Asset Manager
BLUEFIELD SERVICES 
LIMITED
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
58

Employees and Officers of the Company
The Company does not have any employees and therefore policies for 
employees are not required. The Directors of the Company are listed 
on pages 78 to 85.
Rigorous internal approval process
All investment recommendations issued to the Company 
are made following the formalised review process 
described below:
(1)	Investment origination and review by the 
Investment Adviser’s managing partners
	
Before incurring costs in relation to the preparation 
of a transaction, a project is concept reviewed by the 
Investment Adviser’s managing partners, following 
which a letter of interest or memorandum of under­
standing is issued, and project exclusivity is secured.
(2) Director Concept Approval
	
In the event that material costs are to be incurred 
in pursuing a transaction, a concept paper is issued 
by the Investment Adviser for review by the Board. 
This fixes a project evaluation budget as well as 
confirming the project proposal is in line with the 
Company’s investment policy and strategy and 
aligned to ESG principles.
	
(3) Due diligence
	
In addition to applying its direct commercial 
experience 
in 
executing 
renewable 
energy 
acquisitions and managing operational projects, the 
Investment Adviser engages legal, technical, ESG 
and, where required, insurance, tax and accounting 
advisers from its extensive network to undertake 
independent due diligence.
(4) Investment Adviser Investment Committee
	
Investment 
recommendations 
issued 
by 
the 
Investment Adviser are made following the 
submission of a detailed investment paper to the 
Investment Committee. The Investment Committee 
operates on the basis of unanimous consent and 
has a record of making detailed evaluation of 
project risks. The investment paper submitted to the 
Investment Committee discloses all interests which 
the Investment Adviser and any of its affiliates may 
have in the proposed transaction.
5) 	 Board approval
	
Following approval by the Investment Adviser’s 
Investment Committee, investment recommend-
ations are issued by the Investment Adviser for 
review by the Board of the Company. The Board 
undertakes detailed review meetings with the 
Investment Adviser to assess the recommended 
projects. If the Board of the Company approve 
the relevant transaction, the Investment Adviser 
is authorised to execute it in accordance with the 
Investment Adviser’s recommendation and any 
condition stipulated in the Board’s approvals. 
The Board is regularly updated on the pipeline of 
potential new investments to help provide context 
for capital allocation decisions.
(6)	Closing memorandum
	
Prior to executing the transaction, the Investment 
Adviser 
completes 
a 
closing 
memorandum 
confirming that the final transaction is in accordance 
with the terms presented in the investment paper 
to the Investment Adviser’s Investment Committee, 
and the board of the Company; detailing any 
material variations and outlining how any conditions 
to the approval of the Investment Committee and/or 
Board approval have been addressed. This closing 
memorandum is countersigned by an appointed 
member of the Investment Adviser’s Investment 
Committee prior to completing the transaction. 
Managing conflicts of interest
The Investment Adviser is regulated by the FCA and 
is bound by conduct of business rules relating to 
management of conflicts of interest. The Board noted 
that the Investment Adviser has other clients and 
has satisfied itself that the Investment Adviser has 
procedures in place to address potential conflicts of 
interest which, together with any mitigation measures, 
are disclosed in the investment recommendation for 
each investment.
Investment Process
Through its record of investment in the UK renewable energy market, the 
Investment Adviser has developed a rigorous approach to investment 
selection, appraisal and commitment. 
Repeat transaction experience with specialist advisers
The Investment Adviser has worked with a range of specialist advisers 
from multiple disciplines in each of the transactions it has executed in 
the UK and European markets and is able to source relevant expertise to 
address project issues both during and following a transaction.
Application of standardised terms developed from direct experience
The Investment Adviser has developed standardised terms which have 
been specifically tested by reference to real transaction and project 
operational experience. Whilst contract terms are specifically negotiated 
and tailored for each individual project, the Investment Adviser always 
includes contractual protection regarding recovery of revenue losses for 
underperformance and obligations for correction of defects. 
SOLAR PV AT BRADENSTOKE
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
59

3. INVESTMENT POLICY
The Company invests in a diversified portfolio of 
renewable energy assets, all located within the UK, 
with a focus on utility scale assets and portfolios on 
greenfield, industrial and/or commercial sites. With a 
focus on solar PV, the Company has the ability to invest 
up to 25% of the Company’s GAV into complementary 
renewable technologies, principally wind and storage. 
The Company’s responsible investment approach is 
discussed in Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report on page 30. 
Individual assets or portfolios of assets are held within 
SPVs into which the Company invests through equity 
and/or debt instruments. The Company typically 
seeks legal and operational control through direct or 
indirect stakes of normally 100% in such SPVs, but 
may participate in joint ventures or minority interests 
to gain exposure to assets which the Company would 
not be able to acquire on a wholly-owned basis. In the 
situation of joint ventures or minority interests, the 
Company would ensure a high degree of influence over 
decisions.
The Company may, at a holding company level, make 
use of both short-term debt finance and long term 
structural debt, but such holding company level debt 
(when taken together with the SPV finance noted above) 
will not exceed 50% of the GAV. It may also make use 
of non-recourse finance at the SPV level to provide 
leverage for specific renewable energy infrastructure 
assets or new portfolios provided that at the time of 
entering into (or acquiring) any new financing, total non-
recourse financing within the portfolio will not exceed 
50% of GAV. 
While it is not the Company’s policy to be a long term 
holder of non-UK assets, the Company can invest up to 
10% of GAV into assets outside the UK to enable it to 
acquire portfolios with a mix of UK and non-UK assets. 
Furthermore, up to 5% of the GAV may be invested into 
pre-construction UK solar development opportunities. 
As at 30 June 2024 this is less than 3% (30 June 
2023: 2%). The aggregate exposure to other renewable 
energy assets, energy storage technologies, UK solar 
development opportunities and non-UK assets will be 
limited to 30% of the Company’s GAV. 
No single asset (excluding any third-party funding 
or debt financing in such asset) will represent, on 
acquisition, more than 25% of the NAV.
The Company derives its revenues from the sale of 
ROCs, FiTs and CfDs (or any such regulatory regimes 
that may replace them from time to time) alongside the 
sale of electricity under power purchase agreements 
with counterparties such as co-located industrial energy 
consumers and wholesale energy purchasers.
The Company may invest up to 5% of GAV into devel­
oping further UK solar development opportunities and 
purchase assets pre- or post-construction in order to:
1.	Maximise quality and scale of deal flow;
2.	Optimise the efficiency of the acquisitions;
3.	Minimise risk via appropriate contractual agreements; 
and
4.	Acquire assets using prudent assumptions. 
Listing Rule Investment Restrictions
The Company currently complies with the investment restrictions 
set out below and will continue to do so for so long as they remain 
requirements of the FCA:
•	 neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will conduct 
any trading activity which is significant in the context of the 
Group as a whole;
 
•	 the Company must, at all times, invest and manage its assets 
in a way which is consistent with its objective of spreading 
investment risk and in accordance with the published 
investment policy; and
•	 not more than 10% of the GAV at the time the investment is 
made will be invested in other closed-ended investment funds 
which are listed on the Official List.
As required by the Listing Rules, any material change to the 
investment policy of the Company will be made only with the 
prior approval of the FCA and Shareholders.
SOLAR PV AT LITTLE BEAR
60
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NAV
The Company’s average NAV forms the denominator of the Total 
Expense Ratio calculation and is thereby a determinant of BSIF’s 
total expense ratio. As the variable costs of running the company 
tend to reduce with increasing NAV a larger NAV will reduce the 
TER. The finite life of renewable asset leases will ultimately lead 
to attrition of the Company’s NAV. The Directors recognise this 
as a significant feature and have expanded the mandate of the 
Company in part to mitigate this effect.
NAV Per Share(1)
Whilst the Company’s principal goal is to produce income, the 
NAV per share movement informs our shareholders and the 
Board whether this income has been produced at the expense 
of capital growth. The NAV per share fell during the year and 
produced a negative return to capital, reflecting lower long term 
electricity prices and lower inflation expectations.
Total Shareholder Return(1)
This is a measure of the combined return to Shareholders from 
dividend income and share price movements and whilst this 
should be positive in the long-term, short-term fluctuations in 
shareholder and market sentiment can cause this number to be 
positive or negative. The return of -4.67% for 2024 compared 
to the return of -2.03% in 2023 largely reflects the reduction 
in share price during the year to 30 June 2024 following a 
widening of the discount to NAV that has arisen. In August 
2023, the Bank of England increased the Base Rate to 5.25% 
and held it at that level until August 2024, when it announced 
a 25bps reduction.   
Acquisitions
See the Investment Adviser’s Report in Section 2.
4. OPERATIONAL & FINANCIAL REVIEW FOR THE YEAR
Key Performance Indicators
MEADOW AT AT SAXLEY
As at 30 June 
2024
As at 30 June 
2023
Market Capitalisation (£m)
636.0
733.7
Total dividends per share 
declared in relation to the year
8.80p
8.60p
NAV (£m)
781.6
854.2
NAV per share 
129.75p
139.70p
Total Shareholder Return
(4.67)%
(2.03)%
Market Capitalisation(1)
The Directors regard the Company’s market capitalisation as 
an important secondary indicator of the trading liquidity in its 
shares. The Company’s market capitalisation (the market value 
of its Ordinary Shares) at 30 June 2024 was £636 million, down 
from £734 million at 30 June 2023. This principally reflects a 
widening in the discount to underlying NAV and the buyback of 
9 million shares.
 
Total Dividends Per Share Declared(1)
The Company generates returns primarily in the form of 
distributions and the Company has a progressive dividend 
target. The dividend grew by 2.3% to 8.80pps in the Year from 
8.60pps in the Prior Year.
(1) please see Alternative Performance Measures on pages 122 to 123 for further details.
 
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
61

5. Directors’ Valuation* of the Company’s portfolio 
The Investment Adviser, or an independent external valuer, is responsible 
for preparing the fair market valuation recommendations for the Company’s 
investments for review and approval by the Board. Valuations are carried out 
quarterly, as at 30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June, with an 
external review as and when the Board deems appropriate. 
The fair market value adopted for the portfolio was £965.5m (Note 8 of the 
financial statements) and is confirmed by an alternative approach using a 
combination of discounted cash flows of income generated from the portfolio 
of investments. 
The Board reviews the recommendations of the Investment Adviser to form an 
opinion of the fair value of the Company’s investments. A detailed analysis of 
the Directors’ Valuation is presented in the Report of the Investment Adviser.
	
* Directors’ Valuation is an alternative performance measure to show the gross value of 
the SPV investments held by BR1, including their holding companies. A reconciliation of 
the Directors’ Valuation to Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss is shown 
in Note 8 of the financial statements.
6. Principal Risks and Uncertainties
In line with the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, the Board 
identifies the material inherent risks to which the Company is exposed and takes 
appropriate steps to mitigate and control these risks to a level that is deemed 
acceptable by the Board.
The Board is ultimately responsible for defining the level and type of risk that 
the Company considers acceptable, ensuring its activities remain in line with the 
Company’s Investment Policy while pursuing its Investment Objective. 
The risk appetite that the Company is willing to accept is dependent on the 
potential likelihood and severity of impact caused by the relevant risk events or 
circumstances, and the timescale over which they may occur.
Portfolio Performance 
See the Investment Adviser’s Report under Sections 2 and 5. 
The Company’s PPA strategy is to enter into 12 to 36 month electricity sales contracts, with 
contracting periods spread quarterly across the portfolio in order to minimise the portfolio’s 
sensitivity to short term price volatility.
Summary Statement of Comprehensive Income
Year ended 30 
June 2024
£ million
Year ended 30 
June 2023
£ million
Total Income 
(Note 4 of the financial statements)
0.9
0.9
Change in fair value of assets 
(Note 8 of the financial statements)
(8.3)
48.2
Administrative expenses 
(Note 5 of the financial statements)
(2.2)
(2.3)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income
(9.6)
46.8
Earnings per share 
(1.57p)
7.65p
Income for the period is the monitoring fees paid by BR1 to BSIF.
The total comprehensive loss before tax of (£9.6) million reflects the performance of the 
Company when valuation movements and operating costs are included. Further detail on the 
valuation movements of BSIF’s portfolio is given in the Report of the Investment Adviser.
The Company’s ongoing charges ratio for the Period was 1.02% (2023: 1.00%), calculated 
in accordance with the AIC recommended methodology, which excludes non-recurring costs 
and uses the average NAV in its calculation. See page 123 for a tabular calculation of the 
Company’s ongoing charges ratio. 
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
62

The risk framework adopted by the Company ensures clear and 
transparent descriptors and parameters of acceptable risk in 
regard to the operation of the Company and management of the 
investment portfolio, designed to prevent excessive risk taking, 
whilst maximising shareholder return.
When assessing strategic and external risks, such as wider 
political or economic circumstances, that are outside the Board’s 
ability to control, these are deemed as accepted risks of doing 
business. Although not fully controllable by the Company, these 
risks are monitored closely, mitigated where possible, and are 
factored into all decision making.
Without compromise, the Board has zero-tolerance for fraud, 
bribery, corruption, money laundering, tax evasion, terrorist 
financing, proliferation financing and any other forms of financial 
crime. In addition, the Board will seek to follow best practice and 
remain compliant with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
All inherent risks identified (including those classified as 
‘emerging’) that could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s performance and value of Ordinary Shares are 
recorded in the Company’s risk matrix (and associated reporting) 
which is reviewed by the Board at least twice a year. 
The Company’s risks are categorised as follows:
•	 Strategic and external risks
•	 Investment portfolio management risks
•	 Fund operation risks
•	 Regulatory and Compliance risks
•	 Emerging risks
Those inherent risks that are determined as having the potential 
to threaten the Company’s business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity and reputation are classified as ‘Principal 
Risks’ and are set out in the table below. These Principal Risks 
are a small subset of the comprehensive set of risks which the 
Board reviews. 
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 
RISK
POTENTIAL IMPACT
MITIGATION
1. Transaction 
Pricing Risk
• A failure to identify and secure 
opportunities to either acquire or 
divest of certain assets that would be 
of strategic importance to the portfolio 
could lead to the portfolio not having 
the required mix of technology or mix 
of age of asset
• A failure to transact at appropriate 
prices could lead to sites being 
acquired at too high a value or sites 
being sold at an undervalue.
• Both failures could lead to shareholder 
concern and could impact negatively on 
the Company’s finances. Both failures 
could also lead the Board to query 
if the Investment Adviser is acting 
in accordance with the Investment 
Advisory Agreement and if an effective 
control environment within the 
Investment Adviser exists.
• The Company maintains a diverse portfolio of assets 
across various technologies (wind, solar and BESS), 
ages, and operational stages, reducing the impact of 
poor transaction outcomes due to concentration on 
any single asset type.
• The Company’s established presence and reputation 
in the market attract high quality opportunities and 
afford good negotiation opportunities.
• The Company’s Investment Adviser maintains strong 
working relationships with other industry players, 
including developers, off takers, land agents, existing 
landlords on current sites, advisors, etc which ensures 
it receives insights and access to quality investment 
opportunities potentially ahead of the market.
2. Poor 
performance 
of operational 
sites
• Predicted generation and associated 
revenue may be negatively impacted 
and affect the Company’s ability to 
meet its dividend targets, leading to 
shareholder concern and reputational 
damage.
• The Portfolio consists of a large number of assets 
therefore minimal risk arises from a single operational 
plant not being managed effectively.
• Project companies hold appropriate agreements 
with experienced service providers for the effective 
management of operational plants, including routine 
preventative maintenance activity.
3. Supply Chain 
Risks
• There is a risk of reputational damage 
or financial loss if the supply chain 
is not adequately managed with 
appropriate due diligence conducted 
and oversight of key suppliers.
• The Bluefield Group represents a high proportion of 
the Company’s supply chain spend, over which BSIF 
has a high degree of influence.
• All industry players share the same risk in relation to 
forced labour within the polysilicon supply chain.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
63

FUND OPERATIONS
RISK
POTENTIAL IMPACT
MITIGATION
4. Levels of 
capital 
available for 
allocation are 
constrained
• The NAV would decrease over time if the Company does 
not identify and exploit available sources of capital to 
grow the portfolio.
• A diversified capital raising strategy that includes a mix of equity, debt, and alternative financing options to 
reduce reliance on any single source of capital.
• Strong relationships with a wide range of financial institutions, investors, and potential joint venture partners 
ensure layers of redundancy and consistent access to capital for allocation even where some sources are 
unavailable or overdrawn.
5. Valuation risk
• Valuations of the SPV investments may be over or 
understated.
• Valuations presented by the Investment Adviser are underpinned by comparisons with other market transactions 
and confirmed by the use of long term DCF modelling. The valuations are reviewed and challenged by the Board 
as a minimum on a semi-annual basis.
• The Investment Adviser has recently improved the valuation model to reduce the risk of errors. Detailed controls 
and internal review procedures are in place to mitigate the risk of error.
• Given the high level of judgement and subjectivity involved in setting the assumptions that drive the model, 
the Board robustly challenges assumptions made on a semi-annual basis and uses third party data wherever 
possible to support inputs.
• For example, to mitigate the impact of future power price volatility on the Company’s portfolio valuation, blended 
power price curves from three leading forecasters are used in the portfolio cash flow model. The portfolio 
benefits from Government subsidy in the form of FiT and ROC income.
• The Board will consider the frequency of independent reviews of the financial model in conjunction with the 
Investment Adviser.
STRATEGIC AND EXTERNAL
RISK
POTENTIAL IMPACT
MITIGATION
6. Physical and 
Transitional 
Climate 
Related Risks
• Global climate change presents both risks and 
opportunities to the Company. Whilst the Company is 
well positioned to benefit from the opportunities arising 
from a decarbonising economy, physical climate impacts, 
particularly extreme heat and changing wind patterns, 
have the potential to cause damage to assets and impact 
generation, ultimately impacting revenues.
• Climate change presents both risks and opportunities to the Company: climate change opportunities are the 
basis on which the fund’s strategic aims have been founded. Monitoring and managing transitional risks (such as 
technology advances, policy changes etc) forms part of the day today management of a renewable energy fund.
• Some key equipment and infrastructure (such as inverters and wind turbines) have inbuilt climate resilience 
measures, such as cooling systems prevent overheating or automatic shutdown thresholds to prevent damage 
caused by high winds.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
64

RISK
POTENTIAL IMPACT
MITIGATION
7. Volatility in 
power prices
• Without the delivery of an effective power sales strategy, 
there is a risk that the power generated will be unsold, 
or not sold at an appropriate level, leading to reduced 
revenue.
• If downside risk associated with power market volatility 
is not managed via an effective power sales strategy, 
there is a risk that the Company becomes unreasonably 
exposed to sustained periods of low power prices, or 
even negative prices.
• These factors would adversely influence the Company’s 
ability to deliver against dividend targets
• Each asset sells generated power (and any associated benefits) via a separate Power Purchase Agreement (PPA), 
meaning it is therefore unlikely that material amounts of power will be uncontracted at any point.
• Approximately 40% of the Company’s revenues arise from subsidy payments that are fixed (increasingly annually in 
line with inflation) and guaranteed by the UK Government, reducing exposure to power price volatility.
8. Loss of 
Popularity of 
Renewable 
Energy 
Infrastructure 
Sector
• The challenging macro-economic environment (e.g. 
higher interest rates, volatile energy prices etc) has led 
to a fall in popularity of the whole renewable energy 
infrastructure sector leading to companies in the 
sector operating at discounts in excess of 10% to NAV, 
constraining their ability to raise new equity. This has had 
a negative impact on investor confidence/satisfaction 
and has made investors more reluctant to invest, 
triggering continuation votes in some vehicles, increased 
the level of M&A activity in the market and put pressure 
on Boards to take action.
• The NAV of BSIF’s portfolio is heavily insulated from the volatility in energy prices and elevated interest rates as a 
result of the Company’s power fixing strategy and high weighting to fixed debt which is fully amortising.
• BSIF also benefits from having an extremely experienced investment advisory team who are able to secure 
innovative strategic partnerships (such as the one with GLIL) and implement strategies to recycle capital, ensures 
optimal deployment of available resources when the ability to raise new capital from the public markets is 
constrained.
• Transparent, fair, balanced and timely communications with all shareholders is a key priority of the BSIF Board, the 
Investment Adviser and the Company’s broker. Being open to feedback and listening to shareholders views forms a 
critical part of the Board’s wider decision-making process.
9. Reform of 
Energy Markets 
Risk
• The UK Government is currently consulting with industry 
on plans to reform the UK Electricity Market (REMA), 
which may involve controls on future sales prices for 
renewable generators.
• The Investment Adviser provides regular updates in this regard within the quarterly Board papers.
• The Investment Adviser takes a proactive approach to supporting the energy transition, not only through its 
advisory role to the Company, but also by engaging and supporting the Government to create a policy framework 
which can enable net zero. This includes responding to government consultations, meeting with political leaders 
across the political spectrum to discuss renewable energy and working with partners in the sector to engage in 
relevant discussions via the government’s Solar Energy Taskforce.
10. Cyber and 
Ransomware 
risk
• Cyber and Ransomware attacks could become more 
frequent and difficult to identify and prevent therefore 
causing financial loss, business disruption, data loss or 
theft and reputational damage.
• Separate SCADA platforms used per asset (per site) reduce the risk of attacks on all sites simultaneously.
• The Investment Adviser (and other key service providers from within the Bluefield group of companies) have 
dedicated IT resources focusing on information security and cyber security.
• Penetration testing at asset level for solar PV portfolio has been conducted and follow up recommendations are 
being implemented across the portfolio to improve security.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
65

Longer term viability statement
Assessing the prospects of the Company
The corporate planning process is underpinned by scenarios 
that encompass a wide spectrum of potential outcomes. These 
scenarios are designed to explore the resilience of the Company 
to the potential impact of significant risks set out below.
The scenarios are designed to be severe but plausible and take 
full account of the likely effectiveness of the actions to be taken to 
avoid or reduce the impact of the underlying risks and which would 
be open to management. In considering the likely effectiveness 
of such actions, the conclusions of the Board’s regular monitoring 
and review of risk and internal control systems, as discussed on 
page 63, is taken into account.
The Board reviewed the impact of stress testing the quantifiable 
risks to the Company’s cash flows in the previous pages and 
concluded that the Company, assuming current and envisaged 
leverage levels, would be able to continue to produce distributable 
income in the event of the following scenarios:
Strategic Report Risk Factor
2.
Plant performance degradation of 1.0% per annum 
versus  0.4% per annum
2.
Plant availability reduced to 95%
5.
P90 irradiation 
7.
Power price set to £23/MWh
The Board considers that this stress testing based assessment 
of the Company’s prospects is reasonable in the circumstances 
of the inherent uncertainty involved. 
The period over which we confirm longer term viability
Within the context of the corporate planning framework discussed 
above, the Board assessed the prospects of the Company over a 
five-year period ending 30 June 2029, and have determined that 
the five-year period remains an appropriate period to provide this 
viability statement as this period accords with the Company’s 
planning purposes.
This period is used for our mid-term business plans and has been 
selected because it presents the Board with a reasonable degree 
of confidence whilst still providing an appropriate longer-term 
outlook. 
Confirmation of longer term viability
Based upon the robust assessment of the principal and 
emerging risks facing the Company and its stress testing-based 
assessment of the Company’s prospects, the Board confirms 
that it has a reasonable expectation that the Company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period to 30 June 2029.
These inherent risks associated with investments in the 
renewable energy sector could result in a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s performance and value of Ordinary Shares.
The Company’s risks are mitigated and managed by the Board 
through continual review, policy setting and half yearly review 
of the Company’s risk matrix by the Audit and Risk Committee 
to ensure that procedures are in place with the intention of 
minimising the impact of the above-mentioned risks. The Board 
last carried out a review of the risk matrix at the Audit and Risk 
Committee meeting held on 20 May 2024. The Board relies 
on periodic reports provided by the Investment Adviser and 
Administrator regarding risks that the Company faces. When 
required, external experts, including tax advisers, legal advisers 
and ESG advisers, are employed. 
7. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Directors’ Responsibilities Pursuant to 
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 
The Directors of the Company, by abiding by 
the AIC Code, aim to achieve high standards in 
corporate governance. According to the AIC Code, 
all member businesses, regardless of where they 
are headquartered, are required to report on the 
items outlined in Section 172 of the UK Companies 
Act 2006. 
Section 
172 
recognises 
that 
directors 
are 
responsible for acting in a way that they consider, in 
good faith, is the most likely to promote the success 
of the company for the benefit of its shareholders 
as a whole, with focus on the consequences of 
any decision in the long term. In doing so, they are 
also required to consider the broader implications 
of their decisions and operations on other key 
stakeholders and their impact on the wider 
community and the environment. A key stakeholder 
is one that either has a direct stake in the Company 
or directly impacts the long-term performance 
of the Company. Key decisions are those that are 
either material to the company or are significant to 
any of the Company’s key stakeholders. 
The Board considers that the interests of the 
Company and its stakeholders must be balanced 
for the Company to succeed. As a result, the Board 
has summarised below some of the methods 
by which it develops and maintains connections 
with its stakeholders, while also considering the 
Company’s effects on the environment and broader 
society.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
66

STAKEHOLDER GROUP
METHODS OF ENGAGEMENT 
Shareholders and Prospective Investors
Our Shareholders and prospective investors are integral to every 
decision made by the Board. A knowledgeable and supportive 
shareholder base is vital to the long-term sustainability of 
our business. Understanding the views and priorities of our 
Shareholders is, therefore, crucial to retaining their continued 
support.
The Company engages with its Shareholders through the issue of regular portfolio updates in the form of RNS 
announcements and quarterly factsheets.
The Company provides in-depth commentary on the investment portfolio performance, corporate governance and 
corporate outlook in its annual and interim reporting.
In addition, the Company, through its brokers and Investment Adviser, undertakes regular meetings with existing and 
prospective investors to solicit their feedback, understand any areas of concern, and share forward-looking investment 
commentary.
The Company receives quarterly feedback from its brokers in respect of their investor engagement and investor sentiment.
Bluefield Partners LLP 
(the Investment Adviser)
Our Investment Adviser is fundamental to the Company’s 
investment and business objectives. Key responsibilities include 
identifying and recommending suitable investments for the 
Company to the Board and negotiating the terms on which such 
investments will be made on behalf of the Board.
The Board frequently engages with the Investment Adviser through planned and ad hoc Board and committee meetings to 
receive updates on operations of existing investments and acquisitions.
The Board receives quarterly board packs from the Investment Adviser, delivering the most pertinent and informative data 
on which the Board can base its decisions.
 
The Investment Adviser and the Board review the Company’s power price fixing strategy and portfolio valuation on a 
quarterly basis and detailed cash flow forecasts are discussed prior to each dividend declaration. 
The Board engages in strategic planning with the Investment Adviser with the aim of aiding the Company in attaining its 
investment goals and accomplishing its purpose.
In January 2024, the Company completed Phase One of its long-term strategic partnership with GLIL, a UK pension fund 
which invests into core UK infrastructure with a portfolio value of £3 billion of infrastructure assets. 
The strategic partnership with GLIL enables the Company to deliver on a number of key areas simultaneously: to continue 
to keep investment momentum in a difficult time for public market infrastructure funds and judiciously diversify the 
portfolios’ revenues; to provide an additional external validation of asset values; to create additional liquidity and lower the 
Company’s overall debt burden; and to partner with a like-minded investment group.
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited 
(the Administrator, Company Secretary & Designated Manager)
Our Administrator provides essential services to the Board, ensuring 
that Board procedures are followed and that it complies with the 
Law and applicable rules and regulations of the GFSC and the LSE.
The Board interacts with the Administrator for day-to-day administrative, fund accounting and company secretarial 
services via emails, calls and formal and informal meetings. 
The Company monitors ongoing performance at regular board meetings and the Management Engagement and Service 
Providers Committee (“MESPC”) reviews terms of engagement and quality of service provision annually.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
67

STAKEHOLDER GROUP
METHODS OF ENGAGEMENT 
Regulators 
Regulators are important stakeholders in maintaining the 
Company’s listing and ensuring a sufficient and transparent level 
of disclosure in its communications and reporting. Because of this, 
Shareholders obtain accurate, timely, and relevant details regarding 
the Company. Regulators include the FCA in its function as the 
UK Listing Authority, the FRC in its supervision of UK governance 
and accounting, as well as the GFSC. Membership of the AIC and 
compliance with the AIC Code is a fundamental part of ensuring the 
Company complies with relevant guidance and regulation.
Activities of the Audit and Risk Committee (“ARC”), including regular review of principal and emerging risks, oversight of 
the Administrator and Investment Adviser’s adherence to internal control systems and procedures, and thorough review of 
the interim and annual report and financial statements ensures compliance with required regulation.
On 27 September 2023, the board agreed to adopt an Audit Committee and External Audit Minimum Standards Checklist 
which was prepared by the Administrator with board review, following guidance from the FRC. 
Other Key Stakeholders and Advisers 
(Legal Advisors, Brokers, Auditors, etc.)
Establishing a productive and collaborative working relationship 
with our other key service providers and advisers ensures that 
we receive high quality services to help deliver the Company’s 
investment and business objectives.
The Company has identified its key service providers and on an annual basis the MESPC undertakes a review of 
performance based on a questionnaire through which it seeks feedback. The MESPC also regularly reviews all material 
contracts for service quality and value. Conclusions and recommendations drawn by the MESPC are fed back to the Board 
for approval.
The Board and its sub-committees engage regularly with its service providers on a formal and informal basis.
Lenders
It is important to maintain a strong working relationship with our 
existing lenders as it is essential for the Company to have funding 
available, as it is needed, for investment and development pipeline 
purposes. We aim to build strong relationships with existing lenders 
and potential lenders who may provide debt facilities in the future.
The Investment Adviser provides quarterly compliance reporting to lenders in accordance with the terms of the relevant 
facility agreements.
The Company consults with the lenders on matters which may require their consent under the relevant facility agreements.
The Board reviews the Company’s re-financing needs on a regular basis and encourages early engagement with lenders.
The Investment Adviser is currently in discussions with BR1’s RCF lenders to extend the maturity on the RCF.
Government and Policy makers
The Board believes that as the Company provides a critical element 
of the United Kingdom’s electricity generation infrastructure and 
de-carbonisation plans, that it is important to engage with the 
Government to help to ensure that the country’s required levels of 
the supply of renewable energy are achieved. 
Engagement with the Government and policy makers also assists 
the Company in its strategic planning. 
The Board encourages the Investment Adviser to engage with senior political leaders and their respective staff both 
directly in face-to-face meetings and indirectly via membership of industry representative bodies such as the Solar 
Industry Association.
During the Year, engagement focused on the impact of the Energy Generator Levy on investor confidence. The Investment 
Adviser called for an investment allowance that would not incentivise fossil fuels above renewables. Independent Director 
Michael Gibbons appeared at the House of Lords Industry and Regulators Committee. Managing Director of BRD (Jonathan 
Selwyn) also provided spoken evidence as part of the Energy Security and Net Zero Committee inquiry, ‘Keeping the power 
on: our future energy technology mix’, following a written evidence submission.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
68

STAKEHOLDER GROUP
METHODS OF ENGAGEMENT 
PPA Counterparties
These are counterparties who purchase the electricity generated by 
the Company.
The Investment Adviser ensures that when PPAs are put in place, the end dates of the contracts are phased to ensure 
a constant flow of revenue. PPA counterparties are selected on a competitive basis but with a clear focus on achieving 
diversification of counterparty risk. A quarterly update on the contracts is provided by the Investment to the Board.
Joint Venture Partner
A joint venture partner refers to a business entity that co-invests 
with the Company to acquire assets to grow the BSIF portfolio and 
build out a portion the Company’s development pipeline.
The Board recognises the opportunity the joint venture partnership 
provides in enabling the growth of the portfolio and maximising 
value for our shareholders over the long term.
The Company currently has one joint venture partner, GLIL.
The Investment Adviser engages with GLIL as co-investors of a Strategic Partnership portfolio.
The Investment Adviser provides commercial, and operational oversight services to the Strategic Partnership portfolio 
including day to day management of the PPA counterparty, Lenders, Asset Manager, O&M Contractor, and Network Service 
Provider, including site attendance as required for major works.
The Board receives quarterly updates from the Investment Adviser on the Strategic Partnership portfolio and progression 
on executing the agreed three phases of the relationship.
The Board views the Strategic Partnership as an opportunity for both BSIF and GLIL to invest in a portion of the sizeable 
renewable energy pipeline which our Investment Adviser has identified, while maximising value for our shareholders over 
the long term.
Portfolio Level Stakeholders
This includes O&M service providers, grid connectors, planning 
authorities, landowners and developers.
The Company has agreements with O&M providers to provide active operation and maintenance services for the 
operational portfolio.
The Investment Adviser engages with developers, for example Light Rock Power Ltd or BRD, to provide new build 
development opportunities or run the solar farms by joint venture. These developers interact with planning authorities, 
landowners and local communities and assess the viability of projects.
Community and Environment 
The Company recognises that its investments can have an impact 
at the local level. Community perception of renewable technology is 
important as it feeds into local decision making, policy development 
and ultimately planning requirements. Engagement undertaken as 
part of the planning process helps develop positive relationships 
with local stakeholders and obtain community support. The 
Company’s operations also have environmental impacts and 
dependencies, and the Company recognises the opportunity it has 
to enhance nature across its portfolio. 
The Company has adopted a suite of ESG policies to convey ESG expectations to key suppliers who service its portfolio. 
‘Pioneering Positive Local Impact’ is a central pillar within the Company’s ESG strategy, and social and environmental risks 
are considered within the Company’s risk management processes. 
 
Community stakeholders are engaged as part of the development process of new assets, and once operational, 
engagement is maintained through administration of community benefit funds (where applicable). During the Year, the 
Company delivered an educational programme to local schools; please refer to the ESG report for further information. 
The construction and operation of renewable infrastructure assets can impact the local environment, for example through 
land use change or disturbance to habitats and species. The Company endeavours to minimise negative impacts where 
possible, and the collection of asset-level environmental data supports the Company in monitoring adverse environmental 
impacts. Nature is also a key area of focus for the Company; please refer to the ESG report for further information.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
69

Meriel Lenfestey 
Director	
27 September 2024
Elizabeth Burne
Director	
27 September 2024
Based on stakeholder interaction mentioned in the previous table, by way of example, a few key decisions made in the Year to meet investor objectives are described in the following table:
KEY DECISION
IMPACT ON LONG-TERM SUCCESS 
STAKEHOLDER CONSIDERATION 
The Board announced in December 2023 the signing of a 
Memorandum of Understanding (‘MOU’) with GLIL regarding 
the formation of the long-term Strategic Partnership which 
commits both parties to investing together into UK focused 
solar assets, from development through to operational plants.
Current capital market conditions make it difficult to raise new 
capital using the instruments which have served the Company 
and its shareholders well through the past ten years.  In 
response, the Board has been evaluating how best to continue 
BSIF’s development programme, while maximising value for 
our shareholders over the long term. The Strategic Partnership 
with GLIL creates the opportunity for both parties to invest in 
the sizeable renewable energy pipeline which our Investment 
Adviser has identified, while responding to shareholder 
feedback in reducing our short-term debt position.
The Strategic Partnership is acting on feedback from our 
shareholders and enables BSIF to deliver on a number of 
key areas simultaneously: to continue to keep investment 
momentum in a difficult time for public market infrastructure 
funds and diversify the portfolios revenues; to provide an 
additional external validation of asset values; to create 
additional liquidity and lower the Company’s overall debt 
burden; and to partner with a like-minded investment group.
The Board announced in February 2024 the commencement 
of a share buyback programme, allocating £20 million for the 
purchase of its own shares.
The share buyback programme addresses shareholder 
concerns on the excessive discount at which the Company’s 
shares currently trade relative to the underlying NAV, 
managing share price volatility.
The Board keeps its capital allocation policy under regular 
review, evaluating the relative merits of further investment 
(into both new and existing assets), the management of debt 
and returning value to shareholders via dividends or through 
other methods such as share buybacks.
Delivery of educational site visits to its recently completed 
construction project, Yelvertoft Solar Farm, for local 
community members. 
Engagement with communities can support local under-
standing of how renewable projects contribute to climate 
change mitigation, as well as strengthening community 
relationships. This in turn supports the Company’s social 
license to operate.
Following engagement with the local community via its 
development partner, Bluefield Development, the Company 
delivered educational site visits to Yelvertoft Solar Farm for a 
local primary school and scout group.
Commitment to adopt net zero targets. 
As a renewable energy company, the Company is well positioned 
to support decarbonisation of the UK energy sector. However, 
it also takes responsibility for its own carbon emissions 
and recognises the importance of reducing these as part of 
evidencing its own commitment to the net zero transition.
The Investment Adviser relayed to the Board Shareholders’ 
increasing focus on net zero alignment. The Company has 
subsequently adopted decarbonisation targets during the 
reporting period. 
The Board continues to engage with a PR specialist to assist 
in taking proactive steps to influence HM Government on 
proposed energy policies and gain support for renewable and 
sustainable energy.  
Educate stakeholders on importance of solar power for energy 
security, reduced emissions and cost-reduction
Build pro-solar allies and generate political relationships to aid 
progress on the decarbonisation of the UK energy markets.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
70

Report of the Directors 
pages 6 to 9, in the Report of the Investment Adviser 
on pages 12 to 29 and Strategic Report on pages 57 
to 70.
Listing Requirements
The Company has complied with the applicable Listing 
Rules throughout the year. 
Results and Dividends
The results for the year are set out in the financial 
statements on pages 97 to 117. 
The dividends for the year are set out in the financial 
statements in Note 14 on page 113.
Share Capital
The Company has one class of Ordinary Shares. 
The issued nominal value of the Ordinary Shares 
represents 100% of the total issued nominal value of 
all share capital. Under the Company’s Articles, on a 
show of hands, each shareholder present in person or 
by proxy has the right to one vote at general meetings. 
On a poll, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for 
every share held.
Shareholders are entitled to all dividends paid by the 
Company and, on a winding up, providing the Company 
has satisfied all of its liabilities, the Shareholders are 
entitled to all of the surplus assets of the Company. 
The Ordinary Shares have no right to fixed income.
The Directors hereby submit the annual report and 
financial statements of the Company for the year 
ended 30 June 2024.
General Information
The Company is a non-cellular company limited by 
shares incorporated in Guernsey under the Law on 
29 May 2013. The Company’s registration number 
is 56708, and it has been registered and is regulated 
by the GFSC as a registered closed-ended collective 
investment scheme and as a Green Fund after 
successful application under the Guernsey Green Fund 
Rules to the GFSC on 16 April 2019. The Company’s 
Ordinary Shares were admitted to the Premium 
Segment of the Official List and to trading on the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange following its IPO 
which completed on 12 July 2013. 
Principal Activities
The principal activity of the Company is to invest in 
a portfolio of large scale UK based solar, wind and 
renewable energy infrastructure assets. 
The Company has a progressive dividend target. The 
dividend target for the financial year ending 30 June 
2025 is 8.90pps. 
Business Review
A review of the Company’s business and its likely future 
development is provided in the Chair’s Statement on 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
71

Shareholdings of the Directors
The Directors of the Company and their beneficial interests in the shares 
of the Company as at 30 June 2024 are detailed below:
Director
Ordinary 
Shares of £1 
each held 30 
June 2024
% holding 
at 30 June 
2024
Ordinary 
Shares of £1 
each held 30 
June 2023
% holding 
at 30 June 
2023
John Scott*
683,929
0.11
625,619
0.10
Elizabeth Burne
15,000
0.00
15,000
0.00
Michael Gibbons
37,800
0.01
-
-
Meriel Lenfestey
7,693
0.00
7,693
0.00
Chris Waldron*
55,000
0.01
N/A
N/A
Paul Le Page
N/A
N/A
35,000
0.01
* Including shares held by PCAs
Directors’ Authority to Buy Back Shares 
The Board believes that the most effective means of 
minimising any discount to NAV which may arise on the 
Company’s share price is to deliver strong, consistent 
performance from the Company’s investment portfolio 
in both absolute and relative terms. However, the 
Board recognises that wider market conditions 
and other considerations will affect the rating of 
the Ordinary Shares. During the year, the Company 
commenced share buybacks as it was assessed to be 
an economically attractive investment opportunity. The 
share buybacks have been done by means of the the 
Company repurchasing its Ordinary Shares. Therefore, 
subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules, the 
Law, the Articles and other applicable legislation, the 
Company may purchase Ordinary Shares in the market 
in order to address any imbalance between the supply 
of and demand for Ordinary Shares or to enhance the 
NAV of Ordinary Shares.
In deciding whether to make any such purchases the 
Board will have regard to what it believes to be in the 
best interests of Shareholders and to the applicable 
Guernsey legal requirements which require the Board 
to be satisfied on reasonable grounds that the Company 
will, immediately after any such repurchase, satisfy 
a solvency test prescribed by the Law and any other 
requirements in its Articles. The making and timing of 
any buybacks will be at the absolute discretion of the 
Board and not at the option of the Shareholders. Any 
such repurchases would only be made through the 
market for cash at a discount to NAV.
On incorporation, the Company passed a written 
resolution granting the Board general authority to 
purchase in the market up to 14.99% of the Ordinary 
Shares in issue immediately following Admission. A 
resolution to renew such authority was passed by 
Shareholders at the AGM held on 28 November 2023. 
Therefore, authority was granted to the Board to 
purchase in the market up to 14.99% of the Ordinary 
Shares in issue immediately following the AGM held on 
28 November 2023 at a price not exceeding the higher of 
(i) 5% above the average mid-market values of Ordinary 
Shares for the five Business Days before the purchase is 
made or (ii) the higher of the last independent trade or 
the highest current independent bid for Ordinary Shares. 
The Board intends to seek renewal of this authority from 
the Shareholders at the AGM scheduled to be held on 6 
December 2024.
Pursuant to this authority, and subject to the Law and 
the discretion of the Board, the Company may purchase 
Ordinary Shares in the market on an ongoing basis with 
a view to addressing any imbalance between the supply 
of and demand for Ordinary Shares.
Ordinary Shares purchased by the Company may be 
cancelled or held as treasury shares. The Company may 
borrow and/or realise investments in order to finance 
such Ordinary Share purchases. 
The Company purchased 9,078,000 Ordinary Shares for 
treasury during the Year.
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
The Company maintains insurance in respect of 
directors’ and officers’ liability in relation to their acts 
on behalf of the Company. Insurance is in place, having 
been renewed on 12 July 2024.
AERIAL VIEW AT YELVERTOFT
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
72

Independent Auditor
KPMG has been the Company’s external Auditor since 
the Company’s incorporation. The Audit and Risk 
Committee recommends retaining KPMG as Auditor, 
subject to Shareholder approval at the forthcoming 
AGM. A resolution will be proposed to reappoint them 
as Auditor and authorise the Directors to determine 
the Auditor’s remuneration for the ensuing year. The 
Audit and Risk Committee will periodically review the 
appointment of KPMG. Further information on the work 
of the Auditor is set out in the Report of the Audit and 
Risk Committee on pages 86 to 90.
Articles of Incorporation
The Company’s Articles may be amended only by special 
resolution of the Shareholders.
Going Concern
The Board, in its consideration of going concern, has 
reviewed comprehensive cash flow forecasts prepared 
by the Investment Adviser, as well as the performance 
of the solar and wind plants currently in operation.
The Group has a committed Revolving Credit Facility 
(RCF) of £210 million, with an uncommitted accordion 
feature that allows for an additional £30 million. The 
facility is set to mature in May 2025. As of 30 June 
2024, the Group had drawn £184 million from the RCF. 
After the year-end, following the completion of Phase 
Two of the strategic partnership with GLIL, £50.5 
million was repaid, reducing the drawn balance to 
£133.5 million.
The Investment Adviser is currently in discussions with 
lenders to refinance and extend the RCF by an additional 
two years in early 2025. Lenders have indicated a strong 
interest in the extension. With robust cash generation, 
the Board is confident that all debt repayments will be 
Substantial Shareholdings
As at 30 June 2024, the Company had been notified of the following 
substantial voting rights over 3% as Shareholders of the Company.
Shareholder
Shareholding
% Holding
BlackRock
78,036,722
12.96
Hargreaves Lansdown, stockbrokers (EO)
36,854,524
6.12
Gravis Capital Management
31,949,080
5.30
LGT Wealth Management
30,650,661
5.09
CCLA Investment Management
25,953,700
4.31
Interactive Investor (EO)
22,193,663
3.68
Total
225,638,350
37.46
The Directors confirm that there are no securities in issue that carry 
special rights with regard to the control of the Company. The Company also 
provides the same information as at 2 September 2024, being the most 
current information available.
Shareholder
Shareholding
% Holding
BlackRock
78,036,722
13.04
Hargreaves Lansdown, stockbrokers (EO)
38,111,215
6.37
Gravis Capital Management
31,094,184
5.19
LGT Wealth Management
29,233,759
4.88
Interactive Investor (EO)
23,294,453
3.89
CCLA Investment Management
21,389,838
3.57
West Yorkshire PF
18,873,092
3.15
AJ Bell, stockbrokers
18,007,124
3.01
Total Shares in Issue
258,040,387
43.1
met and confirms that no covenant breaches occurred 
during the year.
UK inflation dropped from 10.7% (RPI) in June 2023 
to 2.9% in June 2024. In August 2024, the Bank of 
England cut the Base Rate to 5.00%, with 5 year gilt 
rates now below 4%. Lower interest rates reduce BSIF’s 
credit costs, while fixed-rate debt has significantly 
shielded it from rate hikes. 
BSIF has built a robust development pipeline exceeding 
1.5 GW, with two major solar projects, Yelvertoft 
(48.4MW) and Mauxhall Farm (44.5MW), connected 
to electricity network shortly after the Year end. Over 
750 MW of the pipeline is fully consented, ready for 
construction within five years.
The Investment Adviser, with BSIF Board approval, is 
actively managing the large pipeline, and is planning to 
sell around a third of this based on funding availability, 
a strategy which continues to be reviewed on a regular 
basis.
BSIF’s Investment Adviser focuses on protecting 
and enhancing the operational portfolio through 
proactive risk mitigation. A rolling capital investment 
programme addresses key risks, such as long lead 
times for high voltage spare parts, particularly central 
inverters. Significant inverter revamping projects were 
completed, boosting performance in late FY2023/24, 
with full benefits expected in FY2024/25. Additional 
optimisation and repowering projects are planned for 
the upcoming year.
The Board also notes that at the AGM held on 28 
November 2023, the shareholders of the Company 
voted overwhelmingly in favour for the continuation of 
the Company for a further 5 years.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
73

Annual General Meeting
The AGM of the Company will be held at 10.30am on 6 December 
2024 at Floor 2, Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, St Peter Port, 
Guernsey. Details of the resolutions to be proposed at the AGM, 
together with explanations, will appear in the Notice of Meeting to 
be distributed to Shareholders together with this Annual Report.
Members of the Board will be in attendance at the AGM and will 
be available to answer shareholder questions.
By order of the Board
Taking the above into account, at the time of approving these 
accounts the Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the 12 months from the date of signing the financial 
statements and does not consider there to be any material 
threat to the viability of the Company. The Board has therefore 
concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the financial statements.
Internal controls review
Taking into account the information on Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties provided on pages 62 to 66 of the strategic report 
and the ongoing work of the Audit and Risk Committee in 
monitoring the risk management and internal control systems on 
behalf of the Board, the Directors
•	 are satisfied that they have carried out a robust assessment 
of the Principal Risks and Uncertainties facing the Company, 
including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity; and
•	 have reviewed the effectiveness of the risk management 
and internal control systems and no significant failings or 
weaknesses were identified.
Meriel Lenfestey
Director
 27 September 2024
Elizabeth Burne
Director
27 September 2024
Fair, Balanced and Understandable
The Board has considered whether the Annual Report taken as a 
whole is fair, balanced and understandable, taking into account 
the commentary and tone and whether it includes the requisite 
information needed for Shareholders to assess the Company’s 
business model, performance and strategy. In addition, the Board 
also questioned the Investment Adviser on information included 
and excluded from the Annual Report, and considered whether 
the narrative at the front of the report is consistent with the 
financial statements. As a result of this work, each of the Board 
members considers that the Annual Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable and includes the requisite information needed 
for Shareholders to assess the Company’s business model, 
performance and strategy.
Financial Risks Management Policies and Procedures
Financial Risks Management Policies and Procedures are 
disclosed in Note 15 on pages 114 to 116.
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
Principal Risks and Uncertainties are discussed in the Strategic 
Report on pages 62 to 66.
SOLAR PV AT ASHLAWN
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
74

Michael Gibbons 
(Senior Independent Director and Chair of Remuneration 
Committee)
Michael Gibbons was appointed as a non-executive director of 
the Company on 7 October 2022, holds an MA from Downing 
College, Cambridge, is a Fellow of the Energy Institute, and 
was awarded an OBE in 2008 and CBE in 2015 for services to 
regulatory reform. Mr Gibbons has held a very wide range of 
senior appointments in the private and public sectors, including 
chairing the government’s independent Regulatory Policy 
Committee from 2009 – 2017. The main part of his private 
sector career has been in the energy industry, taking senior 
positions in ICI, Powergen and Elexon, who run central systems 
in the GB wholesale electricity market, and where he was 
Chair from 2013-2022. Mr Gibbons has also worked on carbon 
capture and storage at Board level for several developers and 
became Chair of the Carbon Capture and Storage Association in 
2014-2017. He was also Chair of the British Committee of the 
World Energy Council from 2009 to 2014.
Meriel Lenfestey
(Chair of the Environmental, Social and Governance 
Committee)
Meriel Lenfestey was appointed as a non-executive director 
of the Company in April 2019. Ms Lenfestey founded Flow 
Interactive in 1997, a London based Customer Experience 
Consultancy assisting clients across many sectors embracing 
digital transformation. Since exiting the business in 2016 she 
Board of 
Directors
John Scott 
(Chair and Chair of the Nomination Committee)
John Scott was appointed as a non-executive director of the 
Company on 12 June 2013 and is a former investment banker 
who spent 20 years with Lazard and has served on the boards 
of several investment trusts. Mr Scott was Chair of Impax 
Environmental Markets plc between May 2014 and May 2023. 
He has been Chair of JP Morgan Global Core Real Assets since 
its flotation in 2019. In June 2017, he retired as Chair of Scottish 
Mortgage Investment Trust PLC. He has an MA in Economics 
from Cambridge University and an MBA from INSEAD. 
Elizabeth Burne 
(Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee)
Elizabeth Burne was appointed as a non-executive director of 
the Company in October 2021, is a Fellow of the Association 
of Chartered Certified Accountants with a First Class Honours 
degree in Applied Accounting and over twenty years’ experience 
within the financial services sector across the Channel Islands 
and Australia. Prior to becoming a non-executive director Ms 
Burne was an audit director at PwC, working in alternative asset 
management and insurance, assisting clients with strategic, 
financial, risk and corporate governance matters. Ms Burne 
holds a portfolio of non-executive directorships including 
HarbourVest Global Private Equity Limited (a constituent of the 
FTSE 250 Index), as well as a number of private companies in 
the venture capital, private equity, real estate and insurance 
sectors. 
MICHEAL GIBBONS CBE
ELIZABETH BURNE
MERIEL LENFESTEY
CHRIS WALDRON
JOHN SCOTT 
has held a portfolio of non-executive director and advisory 
roles across Energy, Telecoms, Transport, Infrastructure, 
Technology and local charities. She is a non-executive director 
at International Public Partnerships (FTSE 250), Boku (FTSE 
AIM), and Ikigai Ventures (FTSE All share). She also Chairs 
Jersey Telecom (privately owned) as well as acting as a non-
executive director at Art for Guernsey, a local charity. Until 
February 2023 she was Chair at Gemserv. She has an MA in 
Computer Related Design from the Royal College of Art, a 
Financial Times Non-Executive Director Diploma, is a Fellow of 
the RSA and sits on the Guernsey IoD. 
Chris Waldron 
(Chair of the Management Engagement and Service 
Providers Committee)
Chris Waldron was appointed as a non-executive director of 
the Company on 1 December 2023. Mr Waldron has over 35 
years’ experience as an investment manager, specialising in 
fixed income, hedging strategies and alternative investment 
mandates and until 2013 was Chief Executive of the Edmond 
de Rothschild Group in the Channel Islands. Prior to joining 
the Edmond de Rothschild Group in 1999, Mr Waldron held 
investment management positions with Bank of Bermuda, the 
Jardine Matheson Group and Fortis but he is now primarily an 
independent non-executive director of a number of listed funds 
and investment companies. He is a Fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Securities and Investment.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
75

Directors’ Statement of 
Responsibilities 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual report 
and financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.
The Law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under the Law, the Directors have 
elected to prepare the financial statements in accordance with 
IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law. The financial 
statements are required by Law to give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Company and of its profit or loss 
for that year. In preparing these financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:
•	 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;
•	 make judgments and estimates that are reasonable, and 
prudent;
•	 state whether applicable accounting standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; 
•	 assess the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and 
•	 use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 
intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so. 
The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting 
records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time, the 
financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Law. They are 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Company 
and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s Auditor is unaware, and 
each Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as a Director in order to make themself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
Auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given 
and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of 
section 249 of the Law.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website, and for the preparation and dissemination 
of Financial Statements. Legislation in Guernsey governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
By order of the Board
Meriel Lenfestey	
Director
27 September 2024
Elizabeth Burne
Director
27 September 2024
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
76

Each of the Directors, whose names are set out on page 75 in the Board of Directors section of 
the annual report, confirms that to the best of their knowledge that:
•	 the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the EU give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company; 
•	 the Management Report (comprising Chair’s Statement, Strategic Report, Report of the 
Directors and Report of the Investment Adviser) includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Company together with a description of 
the principal risks and uncertainties on pages 62 to 66; and
Having taken advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, the Directors consider the annual 
report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
that it provides the information necessary for Shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board
Responsibility 
Statement of the 
Directors 
in Respect of the Annual Report
Meriel Lenfestey
Director
27 September 2024
Elizabeth Burne
Director
27 September 2024
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
77

Corporate 
Governance 
Report
The Board recognises the importance of sound corporate governance, 
particularly the requirements of the AIC Code. The Company is 
currently complying with the latest AIC code effective 1 January 2019. 
The Company has been a member of the AIC since 15 July 2013. 
The Board has considered the principles and provisions of the AIC 
Code. The AIC Code provides a ‘comply or explain’ code of corporate 
governance and addresses all the principles set out in the UK Code 
as well as setting out additional principles and recommendations on 
issues that are of specific relevance to investment companies such as 
the Company. The Board considers that reporting against the principles 
and recommendations of the AIC Code provides better information to 
Shareholders.
The GFSC issued a Guernsey Code which came into effect on 1 January 
2012. The introduction to the Guernsey Code states that “Companies 
which report against the UK Code or the AIC Code of Corporate 
Governance are also deemed to meet this Code”. Therefore, AIC members 
which are Guernsey-domiciled and which report against the AIC Code are 
not required to report separately against the Guernsey Code.
The AIC Code is available on the AIC’s website (www.theaic.co.uk). 
The UK Code is available from the FRC’s website (www.frc.org.uk). The 
Guernsey code is available from the GFSC’s website (www.gfsc.gg).
Throughout the year ended 30 June 2024, the Company has complied 
with the provisions of the AIC Code and the provisions of the UK Code, 
except to the extent highlighted below.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
78

need for a policy regarding tenure of service. As at 30 June 2024, 
one director had been on the Board for approximately eleven 
years. The Board is cognisant of the AIC guidance around Board 
member tenure and has taken positive action to address this by 
implementing a carefully thought through succession plan that 
manages the transition of corporate knowledge, recognises the 
benefits of bringing new perspectives and diversity, all whilst 
ensuring independence. 
The Company’s succession planning includes the engagement 
of Fletcher Jones, a UK based Executive Search practice which 
is independent of the Company. Fletcher Jones were involved 
in the processes whereby Michael Gibbons and Chris Waldron 
were appointed as Directors on 7 October 2022 and 1 December 
2023 respectively. They are also currently assisting the Company 
in the search for an additional Director in advance of the 
planned retirement of John Scott in 2025 as noted in the Chair’s 
Statement. 
The Board meets at least four times a year in Guernsey, with 
unscheduled meetings held where required to consider 
investment related or other issues. In addition, there is regular 
contact between the Board, the Investment Adviser and the 
Administrator. Furthermore, the Board requires to be supplied in 
a timely manner with information by the Investment Adviser, the 
Company Secretary and other advisers in a form and of a quality 
appropriate to enable it to discharge its duties. 
The Company has adopted a share dealing code which 
applies to the Board and any persons discharging managerial 
responsibilities. This is to ensure compliance by the Board, 
and relevant personnel of the Investment Adviser, with the 
requirements of the UK Market Abuse Regulations.
The Board monitors developments in corporate governance to 
ensure the Board remains aligned with best practice, especially 
with respect to the increased focus on diversity. The Board 
acknowledges the importance of diversity, including gender 
(as stated in Principle 7 of the AIC Code), for the effective 
functioning of the Board and commits to supporting diversity 
Provision A.2.1 of the UK Code requires a chief executive to be 
appointed; as an investment company, however, the Company 
has no employees and therefore has no requirement for a chief 
executive. Until its inaugural meeting on 28 November 2023, the 
Company had not established a remuneration committee which 
was not in accordance with provisions B.2.1 and D.2.1 of the UK 
Code, and Principle 7 of the AIC Code respectively. The absence 
of an internal audit function is discussed in the Report of the 
Audit and Risk Committee on page 86.
The Board	
The Directors’ biographies are provided on page 75 which set 
out the range of investment, financial and business skills and 
experience represented.
John Scott was appointed on 12 June 2013, Meriel Lenfestey 
was appointed on 1 April 2019, Elizabeth Burne was appointed 
on 7 October 2021, Michael Gibbons was appointed on 7 October 
2022 and Chris Waldron was appointed on 1 December 2023. 
The Board appointed Michael Gibbons as Senior Independent 
Director effective from 29 November 2022 to fulfil any function 
that is deemed inappropriate for the Chair to perform. Paul Le 
Page was appointed on 12 June 2013 and he retired as a Director 
of the Company on 30 September 2023. 
The five Directors submit themselves for re-election at the next 
AGM, which is due to take place on 6 December 2024.
Any Director who is elected or re-elected at that meeting is 
treated as continuing in office throughout. If they are not elected 
or re-elected, they shall retain office until the end of the meeting 
or (if earlier) when a resolution is passed to appoint someone in 
their place or when a resolution to elect or re-elect the Director 
is put to the meeting and lost.
The Board is of the opinion that members should be re-
elected because they believe that they have the right skills and 
experience to continue to serve the Company. As recommended 
in Principle 7 of the AIC Code, the Board has considered the 
in the boardroom. It is the Board’s aspiration to have well-
diversified representation, and it continues to value directors 
with diverse skill sets, capabilities and experience gained from 
different geographical and professional backgrounds that 
enhance the Board by bringing a wide range of perspectives to 
the Company. The Board is satisfied with the current composition 
and functioning of its members and notes that we have 40% 
female representation, exceeding the Hampton-Alexander 
Review target.  
Gender identity
Number 
of Board 
members
Percentage 
of the 
Board
Number of 
senior positions 
on the Board
Men
3
60%
2
Women
2
40%
-
Ethnic background
White British or 
other White (including 
minority-white groups)
5
100%
2
Other ethnic group
-
-%
-
The above information is based upon an annual self-declaration 
from the Directors.
The Company has only two of the senior roles specified by 
the Listing Rules, namely the positions of Chair and Senior 
Independent Director. Both of these roles are occupied by men. 
However, the Board considers that the chairs of its permanent 
sub-committees are all senior positions. Currently the Audit and 
Risk Committee and the ESG Committee are chaired by women. 
The Board is cognisant that it does not currently have minority 
ethnic representation and this is a key focus of its succession 
planning. 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
79

The total Directors’ fees expense for the year amounted to 
£284,166 (2023: £271,634). As disclosed in Note 16, John Scott 
and Michael Gibbons are directors of BR1, and have received 
remuneration in respect of BR1.
All of the Directors are non-executive and each is considered 
independent for the purposes of Chapter 15 of the Listing Rules. 
In accordance with Article 22 of AIFMD, the Company shall 
disclose the total amount of remuneration for the financial year, 
split into fixed and variable remuneration, paid by the AIFM to its 
staff, and number of beneficiaries, and, where relevant, carried 
interest paid by the AIF. As the Company is categorised as an 
internally managed Non-EU AIFM for the purposes of AIFMD, 
Directors’ remuneration reflects this amount.
Duties and Responsibilities
The Board has overall responsibility for optimising the Company’s 
success by directing and supervising the affairs of the business 
and meeting the appropriate interests of shareholders and 
relevant stakeholders, while enhancing the value of the Company 
and also ensuring the protection of investors. A summary of the 
Board’s responsibilities is as follows:
•	 statutory obligations and public disclosure;
•	 strategic matters and financial reporting;
•	 investment strategy and management;
•	 risk assessment and management including reporting, 
compliance, governance, monitoring and control; and
•	 other matters having a material effect on the Company.
Directors’ Remuneration
The Chair was entitled to an annual remuneration of £81,000 
(2023: £68,906). The other Directors were entitled to an annual 
remuneration of £54,000 (2023: £43,050). The Chair of the 
Nomination Committee receives an additional annual fee of 
£3,000 (2023: N/A). The Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
receives an additional annual fee of £3,000 (2023: N/A). The Chair 
of the Environmental, Social and Governance Committee receives 
an additional annual fee of £7,000 (2023: £5,250). The Chair 
of the Audit and Risk Committee receives an additional annual 
fee of £11,000 (2023: £8,768). The Chair of the Management 
Engagement and Service Providers Committee receives an 
additional annual fee of £4,000 (2023: £3,150).
The remuneration earned by each Director in the past two 
financial years was as follows:
Director
Year ended 30 
June 2024
£
Year ended 30 
June 2023
£
John Scott 
(appointed Chair on 
29 November 2022) 
75,960
58,326
Elizabeth Burne
57,943
45,389
Michael Gibbons 
(appointed 7 October 2022)
49,802
31,267
Meriel Lenfestey 
54,650
46,965
Chris Waldron 
(appointed 1 December 2023)
32,839
N/A
Paul Le Page 
(retired 30 September 2023)
12,972
51,759
John Rennocks
(retired 22 February 2023)
N/A
37,928
The Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Administrator, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that 
Board procedures are followed and that it complies with the 
Law and applicable rules and regulations of the GFSC and the 
LSE. Where necessary, in carrying out their duties, the Directors 
may seek independent professional advice and services at the 
expense of the Company.
The Company maintains appropriate directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of legal action against its Directors.
The Board’s responsibilities for the annual report are set out in 
the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement on page 77. The Board 
is also responsible for issuing appropriate half-yearly financial 
reports and other price-sensitive public reports.
SOLAR PV AT LITTLE BEAR
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
80

The attendance record of the Directors for the year to 30 June 2024 is set out below:
Director
John Scott
Elizabeth Burne Michael Gibbons Meriel Lenfestey Chris Waldron*
Paul Le Page**
Scheduled Board Meetings 
(max 4)
4
4
4
4
2 (max 2)
1 (max 1)
Ad-hoc Board Meetings
(max 19)
14
19
17
17
10 (max 12)
5 (max 5)
Audit and Risk Committee 
Meetings (max 10) 
10
10
10
8
5 (max 5)
3 (max 3)
Management Engagement 
and Service Providers Com­
mittee Meetings (max 3) 
3
3
3
3
1 (max 1)
N/A
ESG Committee Meetings 
(max 3)
3
3
3
3
2 (max 2)
1 (max 1)
Nomination Committee Meetings 
(max 2)
2
2
2
2
1 (max 1)
N/A
RemCo Committee Meetings 
(max 4)
4
4
4
4
2 (max 3)
N/A
*Appointed 1 December 2023
**Retired 30 September 2023
19 ad-hoc Board Meetings were held during the year to formally 
review and authorise each investment made by the Company 
and to consider interim dividends, amongst other items.
The Board believes that, as a whole, it comprises an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, age, knowledge and length of 
service. The Board also believes that diversity of experience and 
approach, including gender diversity, amongst Board members 
is of great importance and it is the Company’s policy to give 
careful consideration to issues of Board balance when making 
new appointments. Any new Director appointed to the Board will 
be provided with a bespoke induction programme tailored to the 
individual needs of the Director.
Performance Evaluation
In accordance with Principle 7 of the AIC Code, the Board is 
required to undertake a formal and rigorous evaluation of its 
performance on an annual basis. A formal evaluation of the 
performance of the Board as a whole, including the Chair, 
is scheduled for completion in Q1 2025. The evaluation is 
undertaken utilising self-appraisal questionnaires and is followed 
by a detailed discussion of the outcomes which includes an 
assessment of the Directors’ continued independence.
SOLAR PV AT REDLANDS
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
81

Committees of the Board
Audit and Risk Committee
The Board established an Audit and Risk Committee in 2013. 
It is chaired by Elizabeth Burne. At the date of this report the 
committee comprised all of the Directors set out on page 2. 
The role and activities of this committee and its relationship 
with the Auditor is contained in the Report of the Audit and Risk 
Committee on pages 86 to 90. The Committee operates within 
clearly defined terms of reference which are available on the 
Company’s website (www.bluefieldsif.com). 
Nomination Committee
The Board established a Nomination Committee in 2022. It is 
chaired by John Scott and at the date of this report comprised all 
of the Directors set out on page 2. The principal functions of the 
Committee are to assist the Board in filling vacancies on the Board 
and its committees and to review and make recommendations 
regarding Board structure, size and composition. The Committee 
shall meet at least once a year.
The primary matters discussed and activities undertaken by the 
Committee during the year were:
•	 undertaking a Board evaluation review following completion of 
a questionnaire by each individual Director;
•	 conducting a review of the Committee’s own performance;
•	 instigating a recruitment and appointment process for the 
appointment of a sixth director which was ongoing at the year 
end; and
•	 planning for an external board evaluation. 
Management Engagement and Service Providers Committee
The Board established a Management Engagement and Service 
Providers Committee in 2022. It is chaired by Chris Waldron and 
at the date of this report comprised all of the Directors set out 
on page 2. The principal function of the Committee is to review 
annually the contractual relationships with, and scrutinise 
and hold to account the performance of, the Investment 
Adviser. Additionally, the Committee shall review annually the 
performance and terms of engagement of any other key service 
providers to the Company as considered appropriate. The 
Committee shall meet at least once a year.
The primary matters discussed and activities undertaken by the 
Committee during the year were:
•	 receiving a presentation from the Investment Adviser 
summarising their performance and key differentiating factors; 
•	 carrying out a formal review of the Investment Advisory 
Agreement, resulting in a change to the Investment Advisory 
Fee;
•	 conducting a review of the Committee’s own performance;
•	 Board members performed on-site visits to the Investment 
Adviser’s offices in London as well as a local solar farm site, with 
members from GLIL, the Company’s strategic partner; and
•	 conducting a detailed review of the performance of the 
Company’s key service providers.
ESG Committee
The Board established an ESG Committee in 2022. It is chaired 
by Meriel Lenfestey and at the date of this report comprised 
all of the Directors set out on page 2. The principal function 
of the Committee is to provide a forum for mutual discussion, 
support and challenge of the Investment Adviser with respect 
to ESG including, with respect to the policies adopted by the 
Company, in respect to investment and divestment and by the 
Investment Adviser with respect to asset management activities 
and their reporting on ESG matters to the Committee and Board. 
The Committee will also assist on such other matters related to 
ESG as may be referred to it by the Board. The Committee shall 
meet at least once a year.
The primary matters discussed and activities undertaken by the 
Committee from the beginning of the financial year to date were:
•	 receiving a presentation, and subsequently adopting, net zero 
Targets for the Company; 
•	 receiving a presentation to upskill the Committee on climate risk 
activities undertaken for the Company, including development of 
a climate adaptation plan; and
•	 conducting a review of the Committee’s own performance.
Please refer to the ESG report for further information on these 
activities.
Remuneration Committee
The Board established a Remuneration Committee in 2023. 
It is chaired by Michael Gibbons and at the date of this report 
comprised all of the Directors set out on page 2. The principal 
duties of the Committee include regular reviews of the levels of 
remuneration of the Directors of the Company and of BR1 and 
consideration of the need to appoint external remuneration 
consultants and the terms of reference for any such consultants. 
The Committee shall also ensure that all provisions and 
requirements regarding the disclosure and reporting of 
remuneration arrangements are fulfilled.
The primary matters discussed and activities undertaken by the 
Committee during the year were as follows:
•	 establishing the terms of reference of the committee with the 
Board;
•	 a Remuneration Review was undertaken with input from Trust 
Associates, resulting in a Director fee uplift with effect from 
1 January 2024 and a further increase in line with inflation 
with effect from 1 July 2024 in order to align the fees with the 
Company’s financial year;
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
82

•	 a Remuneration Policy was adopted; 
•	 conducting a review of the Committee’s own 
performance;
•	 an increase in BR1 fees was recommended to the BR1 
Board of Directors; and
•	 a resolution will be proposed at this year’s AGM 
to increase the Directors’ Fee Cap in the Articles to 
allow for the appointment of an additional Director to 
facilitate the Board succession plan. 
Internal Control and Financial Reporting
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining the Company’s system 
of internal control and reviewing its effectiveness. 
Internal control systems are designed to manage 
rather than eliminate the failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable but not 
absolute assurance against material misstatements 
or loss. The Audit and Risk Committee reviews all 
controls including operations, compliance and risk 
management. The key procedures which have been 
established to provide internal control are:
•	 the Board has delegated the day–to-day operations 
of the Company to the Administrator and Investment 
Adviser; however, it remains accountable for all of the 
functions it delegates;
•	 the Board clearly defines the duties and responsi-
bilities of the Company’s agents and advisers and 
appointments are made by the Board after due 
and careful consideration. The Board monitors the 
ongoing performance of such agents and advisers;
•	 the Board monitors the actions of the Investment 
Adviser at regular Board meetings and is also given 
frequent updates on developments arising from the 
operations and strategic direction of the underlying 
investee companies; and
•	 the 
Administrator 
provides 
administration 
and 
company secretarial services to the Company. 
The Board has reviewed the need for an internal 
audit function and has decided that the systems 
and procedures employed by the Administrator and 
Investment Adviser, including their own internal 
controls and procedures, provide sufficient assurance 
that a sound system of risk management and internal 
control, which safeguards shareholders’ investment and 
the Company’s assets, is maintained. An internal audit 
function specific to the Company is therefore considered 
unnecessary.
The systems of control referred to above are designed 
to ensure effectiveness and efficient operation, internal 
control and compliance with laws and regulations. In 
establishing the systems of internal control, regard is 
paid to the materiality of relevant risks, the likelihood of 
costs being incurred and costs of control. 
It follows therefore that the systems of internal control 
can only provide reasonable but not absolute assurance 
against the risk of material misstatement or loss. 
The Company has delegated the provision of all 
services to external service providers whose work is 
overseen by the Board at its quarterly meetings. Each 
year a detailed review of performance pursuant to their 
terms of engagement is completed by the Management 
Engagement and Service Providers Committee and 
recommendations made to the Board. 
 
Investment Advisory Agreement
In accordance with Listing Rule 15.6.2(2)R, the 
Directors formally appraise the performance and 
resources of the Investment Adviser. 
The Investment Adviser, Bluefield Partners, is led by 
its managing partners, James Armstrong and Giovanni 
Terranova, who founded the Bluefield business in 2009 
following their prior work together in European solar 
energy. Neil Wood, who joined in 2013, was appointed 
partner in 2020 and runs the Investment Adviser 
alongside the two founders. The Investment Adviser’s 
team has a combined record, prior to and including 
Bluefield Partners LLP, of investing more than £1.6 
billion in renewable projects. The Investment Adviser’s 
non-executive team includes Mike Rand, Bluefield 
Partners founder and former Managing Partner, William 
Doughty, the founding CEO of Semperian; Dr. Anthony 
Williams, the former chair of the Risk Committee for 
the Fixed Income, Currencies & Commodities Division, 
and Partner at Goldman Sachs & Co; and Jon Moulton, 
former managing partner and founder of Alchemy 
Partners. 
The MESPC meets formally twice a year to review the 
performance of key service providers and dedicates one 
meeting to a detailed review of the Investment Adviser. 
At that meeting in May 2024, the MESPC considered the 
resources and experience of the Investment Adviser, 
its long term record of investment and its operational 
performance. No material issues were identified and 
the MESPC’s recommendation to the Board was that 
the continuing appointment of the Investment Adviser 
was in the best interests of shareholders.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
83

Dealings with Shareholders
The Board welcomes Shareholders’ views and places great 
importance on communication with its shareholders. The 
Company’s AGM will provide a forum for shareholders to meet 
and discuss issues with the Directors of the Company. Members 
of the Board will also be available to meet with shareholders at 
other times, if required. In addition, the Company maintains a 
website which contains comprehensive information, including 
regulatory announcements, share price information, financial 
reports, investment objectives and strategy and information on 
the Board. 
Principal and Emerging Risks
Each Director is aware of the risks inherent in the Company’s 
business and understands the importance of identifying, 
evaluating, controlling and monitoring these risks. The Board 
has adopted procedures and controls that enable it to manage 
these risks within acceptable limits and to meet all of its legal and 
regulatory obligations.
The Board considers the process for identifying, evaluating, 
controlling and monitoring any significant risks faced by the 
Company on an ongoing basis and these risks are reported and 
discussed at Board meetings. It ensures that effective controls are 
in place to mitigate these risks and that a satisfactory compliance 
regime exists to ensure all applicable local and international laws 
and regulations are upheld.
The Company’s Principal and Emerging Risks are discussed in 
detail on pages 62 to 66 of the Strategic Report. The Company’s 
financial instrument risks are discussed in Note 15 to the financial 
statements.
Changes in Regulation
The Board monitors and responds to changes in regulation as 
they affect the Company and its policies.
AIFMD 
The EU Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive 
(“EU AIFMD”) was introduced in 2014 in order to 
harmonise the regulation of alternative investment 
fund managers (“AIFMs”) and imposed obligations on 
AIFMs who manage or distribute alternative investment 
funds (“AIFs”), such as the Company, in the EU (which 
at that time also included the UK) or who wished to 
market shares in such funds to professional investors in 
the EU (including the UK). Since Brexit, EU AIFMD has 
been transposed into UK domestic law by virtue of the 
European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended, 
(“UK AIFMD” and together with EU AIFMD, “AIFMD”), 
with EU AIFMD continuing to regulate AIFMs’ activities 
in the EU and the marketing of an AIF’s shares to 
professional investors in the EU, and UK AIFMD similarly 
applying to such activities in the UK and the marketing of 
an AIF’s shares to UK professional investors. 
The Company was established in Guernsey in 2013 as 
a self-managed Non-EU/Non-UK AIF. Additionally, upon 
the implementation of EU AIFMD, the Company took 
advice on and implemented sufficient and appropriate 
policies and procedures that enable the Board to fulfil 
its role in relation to the functions of both portfolio 
management and risk management. The Company is 
therefore categorised as an internally managed Non-EU/
Non-UK AIFM for the purposes of AIFMD and as such 
neither it nor the Investment Adviser is required to seek 
authorisation under AIFMD.
The marketing of shares in AIFs that are established 
outside the UK and the EU (such as the Company) to 
UK professional investors or to professional investors 
in any EU member state is prohibited unless certain 
conditions are met. Certain of these conditions are 
outside the Company’s control as they are dependent on 
the regulators of the relevant third country (in this case 
Guernsey) and the UK (or relevant EU member state, 
as applicable) entering into regulatory co-operation 
agreements with one another. 
Currently, the Company is only able to market its shares 
to professional investors in the UK and the EU to the 
extent that it complies with the applicable National 
Private Placing Regime (“NPPR”), if any. 
The Board is currently permitted to market the 
Company’s shares to professional investors in the 
UK pursuant to Regulation 59 of the UK Alternative 
Investment Fund Managers Regulations 2013 (as 
amended). In addition, the Company is also permitted 
to market its shares to professional investors in The 
Republic of Ireland, the Netherlands and Luxembourg 
pursuant to their respective NPPRs. The Board works 
with the Company’s professional advisers to ensure 
the necessary conditions are met, and all required 
notices and disclosures are made under each applicable 
NPPR to enable the Company to continue marketing 
its shares to professional investors in the UK and the 
other relevant EU member states. In conjunction with 
the Company’s professional advisers, the Board also 
monitors any developments in AIFMD which might 
impact the Company in the future.  
Any 
regulatory 
changes 
arising 
under 
AIFMD, 
the applicable NPPRs or otherwise that limit the 
Company’s ability to market future issues of its shares 
to professional investors in the UK and/or the EU may 
materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to carry 
out its investment policy successfully and to achieve 
its investment objectives, which in turn may adversely 
affect the Company’s business, financial condition, 
results of operations, NAV and/or the market price of its 
shares.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
84

FATCA and CRS 
The Company is registered under FATCA and continues to comply 
with FATCA and the Common Reporting Standard’s requirements 
to the extent relevant to the Company.
PRIIPs
The Company is in compliance with the requirement to publish 
a key information document (“KID”) under both the EU and 
UK PRIIPs Regulations. The current KIDs (one prepared in 
accordance with the EU PRIIPs Regulation and the other 
prepared in accordance with the UK PRIIPs Regulation) are 
available on the Company’s website.
Consumer Duty
On 31 July 2023 the FCA introduced a new Principle for 
Businesses (Principle 12) applicable to authorised firms in 
the UK which carry on ‘retail market business’ and who can 
determine, or materially influence retail customer outcomes. 
This new Principle 12 was accompanied by a package of rules 
and guidance, which are collectively known as the Consumer 
Duty.
The Company is not subject to the Consumer Duty as it is not 
an FCA authorised firm. However, the Company is aware that its 
shares may be held by or on behalf of retail customers, and that 
other firms within the distribution chain of its shares are within 
scope of the Consumer Duty requirements. Accordingly, it is the 
Board’s intention that the Company will respond to information 
and other requests from UK authorised firms in the distribution 
chain of the Company’s shares in such a way as to support their 
compliance with the Consumer Duty. 
Meriel Lenfestey	
Director
27 September 2024
Elizabeth Burne
Director
27 September 2024
NMPI
The UK Financial Conduct Authority’s rules (the “FCA 
Rules”) restrict the marketing within the UK of certain 
pooled investments or funds referred to in the FCA 
Rules as “non mainstream pooled investments” 
(“NMPIs”) to ordinary retail clients. These rules took 
effect on 1 January 2014. The Company conducts its 
affairs such that its shares are excluded from the FCA’s 
restrictions which apply to NMPI products because its 
shares are shares in an investment company which, if it 
were domiciled in the UK, would currently qualify as an 
“investment trust”. It is the Board’s intention that the 
Company will make all reasonable efforts to continue to 
conduct its affairs in such a manner that its shares can 
continue to be recommended by independent financial 
advisers to UK retail investors in accordance with the 
FCA Rules relating to NMPIs
Guernsey Green Fund Status
The Guernsey Green Fund aims to provide a platform 
for investments into various green initiatives and 
gives investors a trusted and transparent product that 
contributes to the internationally agreed objectives of 
mitigating environmental damage and climate change. 
The Company successfully obtained Guernsey Green 
Fund Status on 16 April 2019.
Following an application to the GFSC, the Company 
was deemed to have met the following investment 
criteria outlined in the Guernsey Green Fund Rules, 
2021:
•	 The Property of a Guernsey Green Fund shall be 
invested with the aim of spreading risk and with 
the ultimate objective of mitigating environmental 
damage resulting in a net positive outcome for the 
environment;
•	 A Guernsey Green Fund shall comprise 75% assets 
by value that meet the Guernsey Green Fund Rules 
criteria. The remaining 25% must not lessen or 
reduce the Guernsey Green Fund’s overall objective 
of mitigating environmental damage nor comprise an 
investment of a type specified within schedule 3 of the 
Guernsey Green Fund Rules, 2021;
•	 A Guernsey Green Fund shall only comprise assets 
permitted to be held under its principal documents or 
prospectus and of a nature described in its prospectus; 
and
•	 A Guernsey Green Fund shall not be invested in 
contravention of limits or restrictions imposed under 
its principal documents or prospectus.
The Company fulfils the above investment criteria by 
investing in a diversified portfolio of renewable energy 
assets, each located within the UK, with a focus on 
utility scale assets and portfolios on greenfield sites. The 
Group targets long life renewable energy infrastructure, 
expected to generate energy output over asset lives of 
at least 25 years. The Company incorporates Environ-
mental Social & Governance policies into its investment 
processes and is actively monitoring and working to 
improve its environmental and social impact. The 
production of renewable energy equates to a significant 
amount of CO2 emissions saved, representing a 
sustainable and ethical investment.
By order of the Board
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
85

Report of the 
Audit and Risk 
Committee 
The Audit and Risk Committee, chaired by Elizabeth Burne and 
comprising all of the Directors set out on page 2, operates within clearly 
defined terms of reference (which are available from the Company’s 
website, www.bluefieldsif.com) and includes all matters indicated by 
Rule 7.1 of the UK FCA’s DTRs and the AIC Code. It is also the formal 
forum through which the Auditor will report to the Board of Directors.
The Audit and Risk Committee meets no less than three times a year, 
and at such other times as the Audit and Risk Committee shall require, 
and meets the Auditor at least twice a year. Any member of the Audit 
and Risk Committee may request that a meeting be convened by 
the company secretary. The Auditor may request that a meeting be 
convened if they deem it necessary. Any Director who is not a member 
of the Audit and Risk Committee, the Administrator and representatives 
of the Investment Adviser shall be invited to attend the meetings as the 
Directors deem appropriate.
The Board has taken note of the requirement that at least one member 
of the Committee should have recent and relevant financial experience 
and is satisfied that the Committee is properly constituted in that 
respect, with one of its members who is a qualified accountant and 
three members with an investment background.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
86

Responsibilities
The main duties of the Audit and Risk Committee are:
•	 monitoring the integrity of the interim and annual 
financial statements of the Company and any formal 
announcements relating to the Company’s financial 
performance and reviewing significant financial 
reporting judgements contained in them;
•	 reporting to the Board on the appropriateness of the 
Board’s accounting policies and practices including 
critical judgement areas;
•	 reviewing the valuation of the Company’s investments 
prepared by the Investment Adviser, and making a 
recommendation to the Board on the valuation of the 
Company’s investments;
•	 reviewing the going concern assumption and any 
statements regarding the future prospects or longer-
term viability of the Company;
•	 meeting regularly with the Auditor to review their 
proposed audit plan (including the audit approach) 
and the subsequent audit report and assess the 
effectiveness of the audit process and the levels of 
fees paid in respect of both audit and non-audit work;
•	 making recommendations to the Board in relation to 
the appointment, reappointment or removal of the 
Auditor and approving their remuneration and the 
terms of their engagement;
Financial Reporting
In relation to the financial reporting, the Audit and Risk 
Committee, with the Administrator, Investment Adviser and the 
Auditor, reviewed the appropriateness of the interim and annual 
financial statements, concentrating on, amongst other matters:
•	 the quality and acceptability of accounting policies and 
practices;
•	 the clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial 
reporting standards and relevant financial and governance 
reporting requirements;
•	 material areas in which significant judgements were applied or 
there had been discussion with the Auditor;
•	 that the annual report and financial statements, taken as a 
whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide 
the information necessary for Shareholders to assess the 
Company’s performance, business model and strategy; and
•	 addressing any correspondence from regulators in relation to 
the Company’s financial reporting. 
To aid its review, the Audit and Risk Committee considered 
reports from the Administrator and Investment Adviser and 
also reports from the Auditor on the outcomes of their half year 
review and annual audit. Like the Auditor, the Audit and Risk 
Committee displayed the necessary professional scepticism 
their role requires.
 
•	 monitoring and reviewing annually the Auditor’s 
independence, 
objectivity, 
expertise, 
resources, 
qualification and non-audit work;
•	 considering annually whether there is a need for the 
Company to have its own internal audit function;
•	 keeping under review the effectiveness of the 
accounting and internal control systems of the 
Company; 
•	 reviewing compliance with the Listing Rules, Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules, the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code, AIC Code of 
Corporate Governance and associated guidance and 
other legal and regulatory requirements; and
•	 overseeing and assessing the effectiveness of the 
Company’s risk framework to ensure appropriate risk 
management and regulatory compliance processes 
are operating.
The Audit and Risk Committee is required to report 
formally to the Board on its findings after each meeting 
on all matters within its duties and responsibilities. 
The Auditor is invited to attend the Audit and Risk 
Committee 
meetings 
as 
the 
Committee 
deems 
appropriate and at which they have the opportunity to 
meet with the Committee without representatives of the 
Investment Adviser or the Administrator being present 
at least once per year.
SOLAR PV AT ELMS
REPORT OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
87

Meetings
The Committee has met formally on 10 occasions in the 
year covered by this report. The matters discussed and 
challenged at those meetings were:
•	 consideration and agreement of the terms of reference 
of the Audit and Risk Committee for approval by the 
Board;
•	 review of the Company’s risk framework, including 
the Company’s risk appetite, business objectives, risk 
cards and risk matrix;
•	 determination of the Company’s Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties;
•	 review of the internal controls systems;
•	 review of the accounting policies and format of the 
interim and annual financial statements;
•	 review and approval of the terms of engagement, 
audit/non-audit fees and the audit plan of the Auditor 
and timetable for the interim and annual financial 
statements;
•	 review of the valuation policy and methodology of the 
Company’s investments applied in the interim and 
annual financial statements;
•	 detailed review of the interim and annual report and 
financial statements; 
•	 assessment of the audit tenure, independence 
and effectiveness of the external audit process as 
described below; and
•	 assessment of the Committee’s performance.
Primary Area of Judgement
The Audit and Risk Committee determined that the 
key risk of misstatement of the Company’s financial 
statements is the fair value of the investments held 
by the Company in the context of the high degree of 
judgement involved in the assumptions and estimates 
underlying the discounted cash flow calculations.
As outlined in Note 8 of the financial statements, 
the fair value of the BR1’s investments (Directors’ 
Valuation) as at 30 June 2024 was £965,549,054 
(2023: £1,018,350,175). Market quotations are not 
available for these investments so their valuation is 
undertaken using a discounted cash flow methodology. 
The Directors have also considered transactions in 
similar assets and used these to infer the discount 
rate. Significant inputs such as the discount rate, rate 
of inflation, power price forecast and the amount of 
electricity the renewable energy infrastructure assets 
are expected to produce are subjective and include 
certain assumptions. As a result, this requires a series 
of judgements to be made as explained in Note 8 in the 
financial statements.
The valuation of the BR1’s portfolio of renewable 
energy infrastructure assets (Directors’ Valuation) as at 
30 June 2024 has been determined by the Board based 
on information provided by the Investment Adviser.
The Audit and Risk Committee also reviewed and 
suggested factors that could impact BR1’s portfolio 
valuation and its related sensitivities to the carrying 
value of the investments as required in accordance with 
IPEV Valuation Guidelines.
The Audit and Risk Committee remains satisfied that 
the valuation techniques used are appropriate for 
the Company’s investments and consistent with the 
requirements of IFRS. The Audit and Risk Committee, 
informed by the Company’s Administrator, Investment 
Adviser and Auditor, ensures that the Board is kept 
regularly informed of relevant updates or changes to 
IFRS that may impact the Company, including but not 
limited to valuation principles.
Risk Management and Internal Controls
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for the 
Company’s system of internal controls and overall 
risk framework, it considers the potential impact and 
likelihood of each of the Company’s material risks 
occurring and monitors the effectiveness of the material 
controls/mitigants in operation. As part of this process 
the Committee also takes time to consider emerging risks 
at least twice a year as well as whether there is a need 
for the Company to engage third party experts to perform 
separate assurance engagements over specific risk areas.
The risk management framework used by the 
Company ensures that all decisions taken in pursuit 
of the Company’s business objectives are within the 
Company’s risk appetite parameters. However, the 
Board acknowledges that internal controls can only be 
designed to manage rather than irradicate risks that 
could threaten the Company’s business objectives being 
achieved. They provide reasonable, but not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss and 
rely on the internal control environments at its key 
service providers operating effectively. 
A full review of the Company’s risk framework, including 
the way in which material risks are identified/assessed, 
how effectively they are controlled/mitigated and 
how they are reported was conducted during the year 
enhancing the relevancy and quality of information 
delivered to the Committee for consideration. A key 
outcome of the Committee’s work is the assessment 
of the Principal Risks and Uncertainties as set out on 
pages 62 to 68 of the Strategic Report.
REPORT OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
88

Internal Audit
The Audit and Risk Committee considers at least once a year 
whether there is a need for an internal audit function. Currently 
it does not consider there to be a need for an internal audit 
function, given that there are no employees in the Company and 
all outsourced functions are with parties who have their own 
internal controls and procedures.
FRC Reviews
The Audit Quality Review Team of the Financial Reporting 
Council (“FRC”) performed a review of the audit of the Company 
for the year ended 30 June 2023 with no major findings arising 
from their review. In the opinion of the Audit and Risk Committee 
the outcome was satisfactory, which provides further comfort on 
the effectiveness of KPMG.
The FRC also reviewed the Company’s Annual Report and 
Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2023. Based 
on their review, the FRC wrote to the Company on 29 February 
2024 stating there were no questions or queries that the FRC 
wished to raise with the Company at that time. However, the 
FRC noted some matters where they believed that users of the 
financial statements would benefit from improvements to the 
existing reporting.
The Company has endeavoured to address these matters in the 
financial statements. This included additional disclosure on the 
significant judgements involved in determining that the Company 
is an investment entity (see note 2 (c) on page 103) and providing 
more clarity on the amount of gains or losses on financial assets 
attributable to changes in unrealised gains or losses (see note 8 
on page 107). 
The FRC notes that its review does not provide assurance that 
the Annual Report and Financial Statements are correct in all 
material respects and that its role is not to verify the information 
provided but to consider compliance with reporting requirements. 
External Audit
KPMG was initially appointed as the Company’s 
external auditor at inception of the Company and 
retained appointment following an extensive, robust 
and competitive audit tender process being conducted 
in the prior year. The conclusion from this process was 
that, of those firms who participated in the tender, KPMG 
offered the most compelling case for the provision 
of a high quality audit at good value for Shareholders. 
The resolution to reappoint KPMG was passed at the 
Company’s AGM in November 2023. 
The Auditor is required to rotate the audit partner every 
five years. The current Audit Partner, Barry Ryan, is in his 
third year of tenure. There are no contractual obligations 
restricting the choice of external auditor. 
The objectivity of the Auditor is reviewed by the Audit 
and Risk Committee which also reviews the terms under 
which the external Auditor may be appointed to perform 
non-audit services. The Audit and Risk Committee 
reviews the scope and results of the audit, its cost 
effectiveness and the independence and objectivity of 
the Auditor, with particular regard to any non-audit work 
that the Auditor may undertake. 
In order to safeguard Auditor independence and 
objectivity, the Audit and Risk Committee ensures that 
any advisory and/or consulting services provided by the 
external Auditor do not conflict with its statutory audit 
responsibilities. Advisory and/or consulting services 
will generally cover only reviews of interim financial 
statements and capital raising work. Any non-audit 
services conducted by the Auditor outside of these areas 
will require the consent of the Audit and Risk Committee 
before being initiated.
During the year, KPMG was engaged to provide a review 
of the Company’s interim financial statements. Total 
fees paid by the Company and its subsidiaries amounted 
to £873,285 (2023: £864,174), fees for the Company 
itself amounted to £171,315 for the year ended 30 June 
2024 (30 June 2023: £157,325) of which £123,815 
related to audit and audit related services to the 
Company (30 June 2023: £112,325) and £47,500 in 
respect of non-audit services (30 June 2023: £45,000). 
The Audit and Risk Committee considers KPMG to be 
independent of the Company and that the provision of 
services relating to the review of the interim financial 
statements (being considered a non-audit service) is 
not a threat to the objectivity and independence of the 
conduct of the audit as appropriate safeguards are in 
place.
In line with the Company’s policy on the provision of non-
audit services, the external Auditor may not undertake 
any work for the Company in respect of the following 
matters: preparation of the financial statements; 
provision of investment advice; taking management 
decisions; advocacy work in adversarial situations; 
provision of tax and tax compliance services; promotion 
of, dealing in, or underwriting the Company’s shares; 
provision of payroll services; design or implementation 
of internal control or risk management or financial 
information technology systems, provision of valuation 
services, provision of services related to internal audit; 
and provision of certain human resources functions.
To fulfil its responsibility regarding the independence 
of the Auditor, the Audit and Risk Committee has 
considered:
REPORT OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
89

AERIAL VIEW AT YELVERTOFT
• 	the discussions with, and reports from the Auditor 
describing how they safeguard and maintain their 
independence and the arrangements in place to 
identify, report and manage any actual or perceived 
conflicts of interest;
• 	the extent of non-audit services provided by the 
Auditor; and 
• 	arrangements in place to ensure the Auditor’s 
objectivity, robustness and perceptiveness when 
handling key accounting and audit judgements. 
To assess the effectiveness of the Auditor, the Committee 
sought feedback from the Company’s Auditor, Investment 
Adviser and Company Administrator/Secretary on the 
conduct and quality of the previous year’s audit. The 
feedback received, via the use of a detailed questionnaire 
and follow-up discussion session, focused on:
• 	the Auditor’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan 
(including the audit approach) and variations from it;
• 	the quality, objectivity, robustness (level of challenge 
and professional scepticism) and independence of 
the audit;
• 	the robustness of the Auditor in handling key 
accounting and audit judgements;
• 	the audit team structure and culture;
• 	the quality and timeliness of reporting and communi­
cation; and
• 	any issues that arose during the course of the audit.
Based on the findings of the review, the Audit and Risk 
Committee concluded it was satisfied with KPMG’s 
effectiveness, 
robustness 
and 
independence 
as 
Auditor, having considered the degree of diligence and 
professional scepticism demonstrated by them, and 
therefore concluded that KPMG’s appointment as the 
Company’s auditor should be continued.
Other matters 
In line with the Committee’s terms of reference, a review 
of the performance of the Committee was conducted 
during the year which concluded that all responsibilities 
of the Committee had been sufficiently undertaken.
If any shareholders would like further information about 
the Audit and Risk Committee’s activities and operations 
the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, or any of the 
other members of the Committee, would be pleased to 
discuss, otherwise will be available at the AGM to answer 
any questions.
On behalf of the Audit and Risk Committee
Elizabeth Burne
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
27 September 2024
REPORT OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
90

Independent 
Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements 
of Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited (the 
“Company”), which comprise the statement 
of financial position as at 30 June 2024, 
the statements of comprehensive income, 
changes in equity and cash flows for the year 
then ended, and notes, comprising material 
accounting policies and other explanatory 
information.
In our opinion, the accompanying financial 
statements:
•	 give a true and fair view of the financial 
position of the Company as at 30 June 
2024, and of the Company’s financial 
performance and cash flows for the year 
then ended;
•	 are prepared in accordance with Interna­
tional Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the EU; and
•	 comply with the Companies (Guernsey) 
Law, 2008.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities are described below. We 
have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities 
under, and are independent of the Company 
in accordance with, UK ethical requirements 
including the FRC Ethical Standard as 
required by the Crown Dependencies’ Audit 
Rules and Guidance. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and 
appropriate basis for our opinion.
Key audit matters: our assessment of 
the risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, 
in our professional judgment, were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by 
us, including those which had the greatest 
effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters were addressed in the context 
of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. In arriving at our audit opinion 
above, the key audit matter was as follows 
(unchanged from 2023):
91
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Valuation of financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss £780,043,000 (2023: £852,844,000)
Refer to Report of the Audit and Risk Committee on pages 86 to 90, note 2(j) accounting policy and note 8 disclosures.
THE RISK
OUR RESPONSE
BASIS:
The Company’s investment in its immediate subsidiary is carried at fair value through profit 
or loss and represents a significant proportion of the Company’s net assets (2024: 99.8%; 
2023: 99.8%). The fair value of the immediate subsidiary, which reflects its net asset value, 
predominantly comprises of the fair value (£965,549,000) of underlying special purpose 
vehicle renewable project investments (“SPVs”) and the immediate subsidiary level debt (see 
note 8).
The fair value of the SPVs has been determined using the income approach, discounting the 
future cash flows of underlying renewable projects (the “Valuations”), for which there is no 
liquid market. The Valuations incorporate certain assumptions including discount rate, power 
price forecasts, inflation, energy yield, and other macro-economic assumptions. The non-
operational renewable asset SPVs are valued at their costs as an approximation of their fair 
value.
The Valuations are adjusted for other specific assets and liabilities of the SPVs.
RISK:
The Valuations represent both a risk of fraud and error associated with estimating the timing 
and amounts of long term forecast cash flows alongside the significant judgement involved 
in the selection, and application, of appropriate assumptions. Changes to long term forecast 
cash flows and/or the selection and application of different assumptions may result in a 
materially different valuation of financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss.
We therefore determined that the Valuations have a high degree of estimation uncertainty 
giving rise to a potential range of reasonable outcomes greater than our materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole. The financial statements disclose in note 8 the sensitivities 
estimated by the Company.
Our audit procedures included, but were not limited to:
CONTROL EVALUATION:
We assessed the design and implementation of the control over the Valuation of financial assets held 
at fair value through profit or loss.
VALUATION MODEL INTEGRITY AND MODEL INPUTS:
•	 We tested the valuation model for mathematical accuracy including, but not limited to, material 
formulae errors;
•	 We agreed a risk based selection of key inputs used in the valuation model, such as power price 
forecasts, contracted revenue and operating costs to supporting documentation;
•	 We agreed a value driven sample of balances within the residual net asset amounts at subsidiary 
and SPV levels to supporting documentation, such as independent bank confirmations and other 
source documentation;
•	 We obtained and vouched significant additions to non-operational renewable assets during the year 
to supporting documentation; and
•	 In order to assess the reliability of management’s forecasts, for a risk based selection, we assessed 
the historical accuracy of the cash flow forecasts against actual results.
BENCHMARKING THE VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS:
With support from our KPMG valuation specialist, we challenged the appropriateness of the 
Company’s valuation methodology and key assumptions including discount rate, power price 
forecasts, inflation, energy yield and other macro-economic assumptions applied, by:
•	 assessing the appropriateness of the valuation methodology applied by the Investment Adviser;
•	 benchmarking against independent market data and relevant peer group companies;
•	 challenging the energy yield assumptions in the valuation model, by reference to due diligence 
reports prepared by third-party engineers or historical performance;
•	 comparing, where appropriate, the valuation of underlying renewable projects to market 
transactions in close proximity to year end; and
•	 using our KPMG valuation specialist’s experience in valuing similar investments.
ASSESSING TRANSPARENCY:
We considered the appropriateness and adequacy of the disclosures made in the financial 
statements (see notes 2(j), 3 and 8) in relation to the use of estimates and judgements regarding 
the fair value of investments, the valuation estimation techniques inherent therein and fair value 
disclosures for compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
92
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Our application of materiality and an overview 
of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the financial statements as a whole was 
set at £16,600,000, determined with reference to a 
benchmark of net assets of £781,557,000, of which it 
represents approximately 2% (2023: 2%).
In line with our audit methodology, our procedures 
on individual account balances and disclosures 
were performed to a lower threshold, performance 
materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the 
risk that individually immaterial misstatements in 
individual account balances add up to a material amount 
across the financial statements as a whole. Performance 
materiality for the Company was set at 75% (2023: 
75%) of materiality for the financial statements as a 
whole, which equates to £12,400,000. We applied 
this percentage in our determination of performance 
materiality because we did not identify any factors 
indicating an elevated level of risk.
We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected 
or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding 
£830,000, in addition to other identified misstatements 
that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
Our audit of the Company was undertaken to the 
materiality level specified above, which has informed 
our identification of significant risks of material 
misstatement and the associated audit procedures 
performed in those areas as detailed above. 
Going concern
The directors have prepared the financial statements on 
the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate 
the Company or to cease its operations, and as they have 
concluded that the Company’s financial position means 
that this is realistic. They have also concluded that 
there are no material uncertainties that could have cast 
significant doubt over its ability to continue as a going 
concern for at least a year from the date of approval of 
the financial statements (the “going concern period”).
In our evaluation of the directors’ conclusions, we 
considered the inherent risks to the Company’s business 
model and analysed how those risks might affect the 
Company’s financial resources or ability to continue 
operations over the going concern period. The risks 
that we considered most likely to affect the Company’s 
financial resources or ability to continue operations over 
this period were:
•	 Availability of capital to meet operating costs and 
other financial commitments; and
•	 Ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to refinance or 
repay debt and to comply with debt covenants
We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect 
the liquidity in the going concern period by comparing 
severe, but plausible downside scenarios that could arise 
from these risks individually and collectively against the 
level of available financial resources indicated by the 
Company’s financial forecasts.
We also considered the risk that the outcome of the 
continuation vote could affect the Company over 
the going concern period, by considering outcomes 
of previous votes held by the Company, inspecting 
summaries of discussions held with the broker, and 
considering key financial metrics including discount of 
the Company’s share price against its reported net asset 
value per share, over the past 12 months.
We considered whether the going concern disclosure 
in note 2(b) to the financial statements gives a full and 
accurate description of the directors’ assessment of 
going concern.
Our conclusions based on this work:
•	 we consider that the directors’ use of the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate;
•	 we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ 
assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty 
related to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 
the going concern period; and
•	 we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the directors’ statement in the notes to the 
financial statements on the use of the going concern 
basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that 
may cast significant doubt over the Company’s use 
of that basis for the going concern period, and that 
statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our audit knowledge.
However, as we cannot predict all future events or 
conditions and as subsequent events may result in 
outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that 
were reasonable at the time they were made, the above 
conclusions are not a guarantee that the Company will 
continue in operation.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
93

Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – 
ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud 
(“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that 
could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud 
or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk 
assessment procedures included:
•	 enquiring of management as to the Company’s policies 
and procedures to prevent and detect fraud as well as 
enquiring whether management have knowledge of any 
actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
•	 reading minutes of meetings of those charged with 
governance; and
•	 using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or 
unexpected relationships.
As required by auditing standards, and taking into 
account possible incentives or pressures to misstate 
performance and our overall knowledge of the control 
environment, we perform procedures to address the 
risk of management override of controls, in particular 
the risk that management may be in a position to make 
inappropriate accounting entries, and the risk of bias in 
accounting estimates such as the valuation of unquoted 
investments. On this audit we do not believe there is a 
fraud risk related to revenue recognition because the 
Company’s revenue streams are simple in nature with 
respect to accounting policy choice, and are easily 
verifiable to external data sources or agreements with 
little or no requirement for estimation from management. 
We did not identify any additional fraud risks.
We performed procedures including:
•	identifying journal entries and other adjustments to 
test based on risk criteria and comparing any identified 
entries to supporting documentation;
•	incorporating an element of unpredictability in our 
audit procedures; and
•	assessing significant accounting estimates for bias.
Further detail in respect of valuation of unquoted 
investments is set out in the key audit matter section of 
this report.
Identifying and responding to risks of material 
misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and 
regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the 
financial statements from our sector experience and 
through discussion with management (as required by 
auditing standards), and from inspection of the Company’s 
regulatory and legal correspondence, if any, and 
discussed with management the policies and procedures 
regarding compliance with laws and regulations. As the 
Company is regulated, our assessment of risks involved 
gaining an understanding of the control environment 
including the entity’s procedures for complying with 
regulatory requirements.
The Company is subject to laws and regulations that 
directly affect the financial statements including financial 
reporting legislation and taxation legislation and we 
assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and 
regulations as part of our procedures on the related 
financial statement items.
The Company is subject to other laws and regulations 
where the consequences of non-compliance could have a 
material effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial 
statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or 
litigation or impacts on the Company’s ability to operate. 
We identified financial services regulation as being the 
area most likely to have such an effect, recognising the 
regulated nature of the Company’s activities and its 
legal form. Auditing standards limit the required audit 
procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws 
and regulations to enquiry of management and inspection 
of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore 
if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to 
us or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will 
not detect that breach.
Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or 
breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some 
material misstatements in the financial statements, 
even though we have properly planned and performed 
our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For 
example, the further removed non-compliance with 
laws and regulations is from the events and transactions 
reflected in the financial statements, the less likely 
the inherently limited procedures required by auditing 
standards would identify it. 
In addition, as with any audit, there remains a higher risk 
of non-detection of fraud, as this may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or 
the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures 
are designed to detect material misstatement. We are 
not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud 
and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with 
all laws and regulations.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
94

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. 
The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report but does not include the 
financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and we do not express an audit 
opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in 
this regard.
Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and 
longer term viability
We are required to perform procedures to identify 
whether there is a material inconsistency between 
the directors’ disclosures in respect of emerging and 
principal risks and the viability statement, and the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge. we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation 
to:
•	 the directors’ confirmation within the Longer-term 
viability statement (page 66) that they have carried 
out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal 
risks facing the Company, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity;
•	 the 
emerging 
and 
principal 
risks 
disclosures 
describing these risks and explaining how they are 
being managed or mitigated;
•	 the directors’ explanation in the Longer-term viability 
statement (page 66) as to how they have assessed 
the prospects of the Company, over what period they 
have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Company will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to 
any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
We are also required to review the Longer-term viability 
statement, set out on page 66 under the Listing Rules. 
Based on the above procedures, we have concluded that 
the above disclosures are materially consistent with the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge.
Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify 
whether there is a material inconsistency between the 
directors’ corporate governance disclosures and the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge.
Based on those procedures, we have concluded that 
each of the following is materially consistent with the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge:  
 
•	 the directors’ statement that they consider that the 
annual report and financial statements taken as a 
whole is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy;
•	 the section of the annual report describing the work 
of the Audit Committee, including the significant 
issues that the audit committee considered in 
relation to the financial statements, and how these 
issues were addressed; and
•	 the section of the annual report that describes the 
review of the effectiveness of the Company’s risk 
management and internal control systems.
We are required to review the part of Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the Company’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our 
review. We have nothing to report in this respect. 
SOLAR PV AT REDLANDS
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
95

We have nothing to report on other matters on which we 
are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
where the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 the Company has not kept proper accounting records; or
•	 the financial statements are not in agreement with the 
accounting records; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations, 
which to the best of our knowledge and belief are necessary for 
the purpose of our audit.
Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 89, 
the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; 
assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 
intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
statements. 
A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.
The purpose of this report and restrictions on its use by 
persons other than the Company’s members as a body
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with section 262 of the Companies (Guernsey) 
Law, 2008. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we 
might state to the Company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept 
or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and 
the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Barry Ryan
For and on behalf of KPMG Channel Islands Limited 
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditors, Guernsey 
27 September 2024
SOLAR PV AT ELMS
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
96

 
Statement 
of Financial 
Position 
As at 30 June 2024
Assets
Note
30 June 2024
£’000
30 June 2023
£’000
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss
8
780,043
852,844
Total non-current assets
780,043
852,844
CURRENT ASSETS
Trade and other receivables
9
924
910
Cash and cash equivalents
10
1,253
969
Total current assets
2,177
1,879
TOTAL ASSETS
782,220
854,723
Liabilities
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other payables and accrued expenses
11
663
534
Total current liabilities
663
534
TOTAL LIABILITIES
663
534
NET ASSETS
781,557
854,189
Equity
Share capital
654,441
663,809
Retained earnings
127,116
190,380
TOTAL EQUITY
13
781,557
854,189
Number of Ordinary Shares in issue at year end
13
602,374,217
611,452,217
Net Asset Value per Ordinary Share (pence)
7
129.75
139.70
These financial statements were approved and 
authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 
27 September 2024 and signed on their behalf by:
Meriel Lenfestey
Director
27 September 2024
Elizabeth Burne
Director
27 September 2024
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these 
financial statements.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
97

 
Statement of 
Comprehensive
Income
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Income
Note
Year ended
30 June 2024
£’000
Year ended
30 June 2023
£’000
Income from investments 
4
900
900
Bank interest
25
6
925
906
Net (losses)/gains on financial assets held at fair value 
through profit or loss
8
(8,336)
48,164
Operating income
(7,411)
49,070
Expenses
Administrative expenses
5
2,190
2,277
Operating expenses
2,190
2,277
Operating (loss)/profit
(9,601)
46,793
(Loss)/profit and total comprehensive (loss)/income for the 
year 
(9,601)
46,793
Earnings per share:
Basic and diluted (pence)
12
(1.57)
7.65
All items within the above statement have been derived from continuing activities.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
98

 
Statement of 
Changes in 
Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2024 
For the year ended 30 June 2023 
Note
Number of
Ordinary Shares
Share capital
£’000
Retained earnings
£’000
Total equity
£’000
Shareholders’ equity at 
1 July 2023
611,452,217
663,809
190,380
854,189
Purchase of Ordinary shares into 
Treasury
13
(9,078,000)
(9,368)
-
(9,368)
Dividends paid
13,14
-
-
(53,663)
(53,663)
Total comprehensive loss for the year
-
-
(9,601)
(9,601)
Shareholders’ equity at 
30 June 2024
602,374,217
654,441
127,116
781,557
Note
Number of
Ordinary Shares
Share capital
£’000
Retained earnings
£’000
Total equity
£’000
Shareholders’ equity at 
1 July 2022
611,452,217
663,809
194,582
858,391
Dividends paid
13,14
-
-
(50,995)
(50,995)
Total comprehensive income for the 
year
-
-
46,793
46,793
Shareholders’ equity at 
30 June 2023
611,452,217
663,809
190,380
854,189
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
99
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Statement of 
Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2023	
Note
Year ended 
30 June 2024
£’000
Year ended 
30 June 2023
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(9,601)
46,793
Adjustments:
Increase in trade and other receivables
(14)
(28)
Increase in other payables and accrued expenses
23
44
Net losses/(gains) on financial assets held at fair value through 
profit or loss
8
8,336
(48,164)
Net cash used in operating activities*
(1,256)
(1,355)
Cash flows from investing activities
Receipts from investments held at fair value through
profit or loss**
8
64,465
51,700
Net cash generated from investing activities
64,465
51,700
Cash flow from financing activities
Purchase of Ordinary shares into Treasury
13
(9,262)
-
Dividends paid
14
(53,663)
(50,995)
Net cash used in financing activities
(62,925)
(50,995)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
284
(650)
Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year
969
1,619
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
10
1,253
969
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
*	 Net cash used in operating activities includes £900,000 (2023: 
£900,000) of investment income.
**	Receipts from investments held at fair value through profit or 
loss comprises loan principal of £31.3 million (2023: £29.9 
million) repaid by BR1 and £33.2 million (2023: £21.8 million) 
of interest received from BR1. Investment acquisition costs at 
project level as referred to in the Investment Advisors report 
do not appear in the Statement of Cash Flows as the financial 
statements are not consolidated.
100
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes 
to the Financial 
Statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2024
1.General information
The Company is a non-cellular company limited by shares and 
was incorporated in Guernsey under the Law on 29 May 2013 with 
registered number 56708 as a closed-ended investment company. It 
is regulated by the GFSC.
The financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2024 comprise 
the financial statements of the Company only (see Note 2 (c)).
The investment objective of the Company is to provide Shareholders 
with an attractive return, principally in the form of quarterly income 
distributions, by being invested primarily in solar energy assets located 
in the UK. It also has the ability to invest a minority of its capital into 
wind and energy storage assets.
The Company has appointed Bluefield Partners LLP as its Investment 
Adviser.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
101

The Investment Adviser, with BSIF Board approval, 
is actively managing the large pipeline, and is 
planning to sell around a third of this based on 
funding availability, a strategy which continues to 
be reviewed on a regular basis.
BSIF’s Investment Adviser focuses on protecting 
and enhancing the operational portfolio through 
proactive 
risk 
mitigation. 
A 
rolling 
capital 
investment programme addresses key risks, such 
as long lead times for high voltage spare parts, 
particularly central inverters. Significant inverter 
revamping projects were completed, boosting 
performance in late FY2023/24, with full benefits 
expected in FY2024/25. Additional optimisation 
and repowering projects are planned for the 
upcoming year.
The Board also notes that at the AGM held on 28 
November 2023, the shareholders of the Company 
voted overwhelmingly in favour for the continuation 
of the Company for a further 5 years.
Taking the above into account, at the time of 
approving these accounts the Board has a 
reasonable expectation that the Company has 
adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the 12 months from the date of 
signing the financial statements and does not 
consider there to be any material threat to the 
viability of the Company. The Board has therefore 
concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements.
2. Summary of material accounting policies
a) Basis of preparation 
The financial statements included in this annual report have been 
presented on a true and fair basis and prepared in accordance with IFRS 
as adopted by the EU and the DTR of the UK FCA. 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost 
convention with the exception of financial assets measured at fair value 
through profit or loss, and in compliance with the provisions of the Law. 
Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards 
adopted in the period
New and Revised Standards
The Company adopted Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments 
to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2) from 1 July 2023. Although the 
amendments did not result in any changes to the accounting policies 
themselves, they impacted the accounting policy information disclosed 
in the financial statements. The amendments require the disclosure of 
‘material’, rather than ‘significant’, accounting policies. The amendments 
also provide guidance on the application of materiality to disclosure of 
accounting policies, assisting entities to provide useful, entity-specific 
accounting policy information that users need to understand other 
information in the financial statements.
The Company has not adopted early any standards, amendments or 
interpretations to existing standards that have been published and will be 
mandatory for the Company’s accounting periods beginning after 1 July 
2024 or later periods.
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, certain new 
standards, and amendments to existing standards have been published 
by the IASB that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by 
the Company.
The Board expects that all relevant pronouncements will be adopted in 
the Company’s accounting policies for the first period beginning after 
the effective date of the pronouncement. New standards, interpretations 
and amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial statements.
b) Going concern
The Board, in its consideration of going concern, 
has reviewed comprehensive cash flow forecasts 
prepared by the Investment Adviser, as well as the 
performance of the solar and wind plants currently 
in operation.
The Group has a committed Revolving Credit 
Facility (RCF) of £210 million, with an uncommitted 
accordion feature that allows for an additional £30 
million. The facility is set to mature in May 2025. 
As of 30 June 2024, the Group had drawn £184 
million from the RCF. After the year-end, following 
the completion of Phase Two of the strategic 
partnership with GLIL, £50.5 million was repaid, 
reducing the drawn balance to £133.5 million.
The Investment Adviser is currently in discussions 
with lenders to refinance and extend the RCF by an 
additional two years in early 2025. Lenders have 
indicated a strong interest in the extension. With 
robust cash generation, the Board is confident that 
all debt repayments will be met and confirms that 
no covenant breaches occurred during the year.
UK inflation dropped from 10.7% (RPI) in June 
2023 to 2.9% in June 2024. In August 2024, the 
Bank of England cut the Base Rate to 5.00%, with 5 
year gilt rates now below 4%. Lower interest rates 
reduce BSIF’s credit costs, while fixed-rate debt 
has significantly shielded it from rate hikes. 
BSIF has built a robust development pipeline 
exceeding 1.5 GW, with two major solar projects, 
Yelvertoft (48.4MW) and Mauxhall Farm (44.5MW), 
connected to electricity network shortly after the 
Year end. Over 750 MW of the pipeline is fully 
consented, ready for construction within five years.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
102

c) Basis of Non-Consolidation 
The Company makes its investments in the SPVs through its 
wholly owned subsidiary, BR1. The Company meets the definition 
of an investment entity as described by IFRS 10. Under IFRS 10 
investment entities are required to hold subsidiaries at fair value 
through profit or loss rather than consolidate them.
Under the definition of an investment entity, the entity should 
satisfy all three of the following tests:
•	 obtains funds from one or more investors for the purpose 
of providing these investors with investment management 
services; 
•	 commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest 
funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment 
income, or both (including having an exit strategy for 
investments); and
•	 measures and evaluates the performance of substantially all of 
its investments on a fair value basis.
In assessing whether the Company meets the definition of an 
investment entity set out in IFRS 10, the Directors note that:
 •	the Company is an investment company that invests funds 
obtained from multiple investors in a diversified portfolio of 
renewable energy infrastructure assets and has appointed the 
Investment Adviser to advise on the Company’s investments;
•	 the Company’s purpose is to invest funds for investment 
income and potential capital appreciation and will exit its 
investments at the end of their economic lives or when their 
planning permissions expire and may also exit investments 
earlier for reasons of portfolio balance or profit; and
f) Expenses
Operating expenses are the Company’s costs incurred 
in connection with the ongoing administrative costs and 
management of the Company’s investments. Operating expenses 
are accounted for on an accruals basis. 
g) Finance costs
Finance costs are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income in the period to which they relate on an accruals basis 
using the effective interest rate method. Arrangement fees for 
finance facilities are amortised over the expected life of the 
facility.
h) Dividends
Dividends declared and approved are charged against equity. A 
corresponding liability is recognised for any unpaid dividends 
prior to year end. Dividends approved but not declared will be 
disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.
i) Segmental reporting 
IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ requires a ‘management approach’, 
under which segment information is presented on the same basis 
as that used for internal reporting purposes.
The Board has considered the requirements of IFRS 8 ‘Operating 
Segments’, and is of the view that the Company is engaged in a 
single segment of business, being investment in UK renewable 
energy infrastructure assets via its holding company and SPVs, 
and therefore the Company has only a single operating segment. 
The Board, as a whole, has been determined as constituting the 
chief operating decision maker of the Company. The key measure 
of performance used by the Board to assess the Company’s 
performance and to allocate resources is the total return on the 
Company’s NAV, as calculated under IFRS, and therefore no 
reconciliation is required between the measure of profit or loss 
used by the Board and that contained in these financial statements.
•	 the Board evaluates the performance of the Company’s 
investments on a fair value basis with the fair value of 
operational SPVs being calculated on a discounted cash flow 
basis in accordance with the IPEV Valuation Guidelines. The 
Investment Adviser recommends the fair value on a quarterly 
basis, which includes a complete review of all valuation 
assumptions on a semi-annual basis, subject to the Board’s 
approval as at 30 June and 31 December each year. 
Taking these factors into account, the Directors are of the 
opinion that the Company has all the typical characteristics 
of an investment entity and meets the definition set out in 
IFRS 10. 
The Board considered the investment entity status of BR1 and 
concluded that it is, like the Company, an investment entity 
based on the same factors as listed above. As such the Company 
is not permitted to consolidate BR1 in the preparation of its 
financial statements and all subsidiaries are recognised at fair 
value through profit or loss.
d) Functional and presentation currency
These financial statements are presented in Sterling, which is the 
functional currency of the Company as well as the presentation 
currency. All amounts are stated to the nearest thousand unless 
otherwise stated. The Company’s funding, investments and 
transactions are all denominated in Sterling.
e) Income 
Monitoring fee income is recognised on an accruals basis.
Interest income on cash and cash equivalents is recognised on 
an accruals basis using the effective interest rate method. 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
103

The Board has overall management and control of the Company 
and will always act in accordance with the investment policy 
and investment restrictions set out in the Company’s latest 
Prospectus, which cannot be radically changed without the 
approval of Shareholders. The Board has delegated the day-to-
day implementation of the investment strategy to its Investment 
Adviser but retains responsibility to ensure that adequate 
resources of the Company are directed in accordance with 
their decisions. Although the Board obtains advice from the 
Investment Adviser, it remains responsible for making final 
decisions in line with the Company’s policies and the Board’s 
legal responsibilities. 
j) Financial instruments 
Classification and measurement of financial assets and 
financial liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the 
Company’s Statement of Financial Position when the Company 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
i) Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss
Classification
The Company’s investment in BR1 is accounted for as a financial 
asset rather than consolidated as the Company qualifies as an 
investment entity under IFRS 10, therefore the Company’s 
investment is held at fair value through profit or loss in accordance 
with the requirements of IFRS 9
Recognition and de-recognition
Purchases and sales of investments are recognised on the trade 
date – the date on which the Company commits to purchase 
or sell the investment. A financial asset is de-recognised 
either when the Company has transferred all the risks and 
rewards of ownership; or it has neither transferred nor retained 
substantially all the risks and rewards and when it no longer 
has control over the assets or a portion of the asset; or the 
contractual right to receive cash flow has expired.
Measurement
Subsequent to initial recognition, investment in BR1 is measured 
at each subsequent reporting date at fair value. The Company 
holds all of the shares in the subsidiary, BR1, which is a holding 
vehicle used to hold the Company’s SPV investments. The 
Directors believe it is appropriate to value this entity based on 
the fair value of its portfolio of SPV investment assets held plus 
its other assets and liabilities. The SPV investment assets held 
by the subsidiary are valued semi-annually as described in Note 
8 on a discounted cash flow basis which is benchmarked against 
market transactions. 
Gains or losses, through profit or loss, are made up of BR1’s profit 
or loss, which comprises mainly cash receipts from its SPVs, the 
fair value movement of BR1’s SPV portfolio and cash received 
in respect of Eurobond instrument interest. Furthermore, cash 
receipts made to the Company by BR1 are accounted for as a 
repayment of loans and not reflected in the Company’s income, 
apart from monitoring fees (see Note 4).
ii) Cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and short 
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less 
that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and 
are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Other 
receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
These financial assets are included in current assets, except for 
maturities greater than twelve months after the reporting date, 
which are classified as non-current assets. They are initially 
recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to the acquisition, and subsequently carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less 
provision for impairment. 
iii) Financial liabilities
The classification of financial liabilities at initial recognition 
depends on the purpose for which the financial liability was 
issued and its characteristics.
All financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value net of 
transaction costs incurred. All purchases of financial liabilities 
are recorded on the trade date, being the date on which the 
Company becomes party to the contractual requirements of the 
financial liability. 
The Company’s financial liabilities consist of only financial 
liabilities measured at amortised cost.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
These include trade payables and other short term monetary 
liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method.
Derecognition of financial liabilities
A financial liability (in whole or in part) is derecognised when the 
Company has extinguished its contractual obligations, it expires, 
or is cancelled. Any gain or loss on derecognition is taken to profit 
and loss.
k) Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual 
interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognised as 
the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Direct issue 
costs include those incurred in connection with the placing 
and admission which include fees payable under the Placing 
Agreement, legal costs and any other applicable expenses. 
Treasury shares are recognised at acquisition cost and are 
presented as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
104

3. Critical accounting judgements, estimates and 
assumptions in applying the Company’s accounting 
policies
The preparation of these financial statements under IFRS requires management 
to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of 
policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience 
and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, 
the results of which form the basis of making judgements about carrying values 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates.
The area involving a high degree of judgement and/or complexity and/or area 
where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements has 
been identified as the valuation of the Company’s investment in BR1 which is 
estimated predominantly on the valuation of the portfolio of investments held by 
BR1 (see Note 8). 
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the 
estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the 
revision and future period if the revision affects both current and future periods.
As disclosed in Note 8, the Board believes it is appropriate for the Company’s 
portfolio to be benchmarked on a £m/MW basis against comparable portfolio 
transactions and on this basis a weighted average discount rate of 8.00% (8.00% 
as at 30 June 2023) has been utilised. 
Use of a blended power forecast is unchanged. The inflation assumption also 
remains unchanged at 3.5% in 2024, and 3% from 2025 to 2029 as a medium-
term rate (June 2023: 3%), before reducing to a long term assumption of 2.25% 
(June 2023: 2.25%) thereafter.
The Directors’ Valuation as at 30 June 2024 is based on a weighted average 
life of the portfolio of 27 years (vs. 28 years in June 2023), reflecting both new 
acquisitions and asset life extensions.
4.Income from investments
Year ended
30 June 2024
£’000
Year ended
30 June 2023
£’000
Monitoring fee in relation to loans supplied (Note 16)
900
900
900
900
The Company provides monitoring and loan administration services to BR1 for which an annual fee 
is charged, payable in arrears.
5. Administrative expenses
Year ended
30 June 2024
£’000
Year ended
30 June 2023
£’000
Investment advisory base fee * (see Note 16)
663
729
Legal and professional fees
322
300
Administration fees 
504
542
Directors’ remuneration
284
272
Audit fees
124
112
Non-audit fees 
48
45
Broker fees
50
50
Regulatory Fees
66
58
Registrar fees
35
88
Insurance
14
12
Listing fees
43
45
Other expenses
37
24
2,190
2,277
*	The Investment advisory base fee is paid by both the Company (10%) and BR1 (90%). The amount shown above 
reflects the amount paid by the Company only. Note 16 shows the full fee paid to the Investment Adviser.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
105

Investment Advisory Agreement 
The Company, BR1 and the Investment Adviser have 
entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement, under 
which the Investment Adviser has overall responsibility 
for the non-discretionary management of the Company’s 
assets and any of BR1’s SPVs (including uninvested 
cash) in accordance with the Company’s investment 
policies, restrictions and guidelines.
The Investment Adviser is entitled to a base fee, which 
is payable quarterly in arrears, on the following scale: 
•	 NAV up to and including £750,000,000, 0.8% per 
annum
•	 NAV above £750,000,000> £900,000,000, 0.75% 
per annum 
•	 NAV above £900,000,000, 0.65% per annum. 
The fee is based on the NAV reported in the most 
recent quarterly NAV calculation. The above fee scale 
is effective from 21 December 2023 following the 
approval of an updated Investment Advisory Agreement 
during the year. Previously, the fee was calculated at a 
rate of 0.8% per annum of the NAV up to and including 
£750,000,000, 0.75% per annum of the NAV above 
£750,000,000 and up to and including £1,000,000,000 
and 0.65 per annum of the NAV above £1,000,000,000 
Under the amended and restated Investment Advisory 
agreement dated 21 December 2023, the Investment 
Adviser is also entitled, subject to exceptional 
circumstances, to receive a 20% Development Profit 
Margin Commission on the disposal of development 
projects to third parties.
In the event that the Company terminates the 
Investment Advisory Agreement prior to the expiry of 
the lease on the Investment Adviser’s office in London, 
the Company has agreed to meet 80% of the rent and 
other charges until the expiry of the current lease. 
On 11 June 2014, BSIFIL (as the previous holding 
company) entered into a Technical Services Agreement 
with the Investment Adviser, with a retrospective 
effective date of 25 June 2013, in order to delegate the 
provision of the consultancy services to the Investment 
Adviser in its capacity as technical adviser to the SPVs. 
On the same date the Group entered into a base fee 
offset arrangement agreement, whereby the aggregate 
technical services fee and base fee payable (under the 
Investment Advisory Agreement) shall not exceed the 
base fee that would otherwise have been payable to the 
Investment Adviser in accordance with the Investment 
Advisory Agreement had no fees been payable under 
the Technical Services Agreement.
The fees incurred for the year and the amount 
outstanding at the year end are shown in Note 16. 
Administration Agreement 
The Administrator has been appointed to provide day-
to-day administration and company secretarial services 
to the Company, as set out in the Administration 
Agreement dated 24 June 2013.
Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, 
the Administrator is entitled to an annual fee, at a 
rate equivalent to 10 basis points of NAV up to and 
including £100,000,000, 7.5 basis points of NAV above 
£100,000,000 and up to and including £200,000,000 
and 5 basis points of the NAV above £200,000,000, 
subject to a minimum fee of £100,000 per annum. The 
fees are for the administration, accounting, corporate 
secretarial services, corporate governance, regulatory 
compliance and stock exchange continuing obligations 
provided to the Company. In addition, the Administrator 
will receive an annual fee of £7,500 and £3,000 for the 
provision of a compliance officer and money laundering 
reporting officer, respectively. 
The Administrator is entitled to an investment related 
transaction fee charged on a time spent basis, which 
is capped at a total of £5,000 per investment related 
transaction. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred 
by the Administrator in accordance with this agreement 
are reimbursed to the Administrator quarterly in arrears.
The Administrator also receives a fee of £5,000 per 
annum in relation to the administration of the Company’s 
Guernsey Green Fund Status. 
For the year ended 30 June 2024, the Company 
incurred fees to the Administrator of £503,977 (2023: 
£542,176), of which £129,908 (2023: £135,992) was 
outstanding at the year end.
6. Taxation
The Company has obtained exempt status under the 
Income Tax (Exempt Bodies) (Guernsey) Ordinance 
1989 for which it paid an annual fee of £1,600 (2023: 
£1,200) (included within regulatory fees).
The income from the Company’s investments is not 
subject to any further tax in Guernsey although the 
subsidiary and underlying SPVs, as UK based entities, 
are subject to the current prevailing UK corporation tax 
rate. The standard rate of UK corporation tax is 25% 
(2023: 25%). 
7. Net Asset Value per Ordinary Share
The calculation of NAV per Ordinary Share is based on NAV 
of £781,557,386 (2023: £854,189,487) and the number 
of shares in issue at 30 June 2024 of 602,374,217 
(2023: 611,452,217) Ordinary Shares. 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
106

8. Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss
The Company’s accounting policy on the measurement of these financial assets is discussed 
in Note 2(j)(i) and below.
30 June 2024
Total
£’000
30 June 2023
Total
£’000
Opening balance (Level 3)
852,844
856,380
Cash receipts from non-consolidated subsidiary*
(64,465)
(51,700)
Realised gains on investment in non-
consolidated subsidiary**
33,167
21,838
Unrealised change in fair value of financial 
assets held at fair value through profit or loss ***
(41,503)
26,326
Closing balance (Level 3)
780,043
852,844
Analysis of net (losses)/gains on financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss (per 
statement of comprehensive income) 
Year ended
30 June 2024
£’000
Year ended
30 June 2023
£’000
Unrealised change in fair value of financial as­
sets held at fair value through profit or loss***
(41,503)
26,326
Realised gains on investment in non-
consolidated subsidiary**
33,167
21,838
Net (losses)/gains on financial assets held at 
fair value through profit or loss
(8,336)
48,164
*	
Comprising of repayment of Eurobond loans issued by BR1 and Eurobond interest received
**	 Interest received on Eurobond loans issued by BR1
***	The movement in unrealised losses for the year ended 30 June 2023 of (£3,536,000) as stated in the 
prior year’s financial statements has been amended to reflect the amended presentation of theprincipal 
repayments in the table above.
Investments at fair value through profit or loss comprise the fair value of the investment 
portfolio, which the Investment Adviser recommends on a quarterly basis, including a 
complete review of all valuation assumptions on a semi-annual basis, subject to the Board’s 
approval, and the fair value of BR1, the Company’s single, direct subsidiary being its cash, 
working capital and debt balances. A reconciliation of the investment portfolio value to 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss in the Statement of Financial Position is 
shown on the table below.
The above tables as presented in the prior year’s financial statements have been revised to 
show more clearly the impact on realised and unrealised gains of cash receipts from non-
consolidated subsidiary. These receipts totalling £51,700,000 in the prior year comprised 
repayments of Eurobond loan principal of £29,862,000 and Eurobond interest received of 
£21,838,000.     
30 June 2024
Total
£’000
30 June 2023
Total
£’000
SPV investment portfolio, Directors’ Valuation
965,549
1,018,350
Immediate Holding Company
 Cash 
28,671
26,407
 Working capital 
(30,177)
(38,913)
 Debt
(184,000)
(153,000)
(185,506)
(165,506)
Financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss
780,043
852,844
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
107

Fair value measurements
IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ requires disclosure 
of fair value measurement by level. The level of fair 
value hierarchy within the financial assets or financial 
liabilities is determined on the basis of the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified in 
their entirety into only one of the three levels.
The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:
•	 Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets 
for identical assets or liabilities;
•	 Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included 
within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or 
liabilities, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 
(i.e. derived from prices); and
•	 Level 3 – inputs for assets or liabilities that are not 
based on observable market data (unobservable 
inputs).
The determination of what constitutes ‘observable’ 
requires significant judgement by the Company. The 
Company considers observable data to be market data 
that is readily available, regularly distributed or updated, 
reliable and verifiable, not proprietary, and provided by 
independent sources that are actively involved in the 
relevant market.
The only financial instrument carried at fair value is 
the investment held by the Company, BR1, which is 
fair valued at each reporting date. The Company’s 
investment has been classified within Level 3 as BR1’s 
investments are not traded and contain unobservable 
inputs. 
Each investment is subject to full UK corporate taxation 
at the prevailing rate with the tax shield being limited to 
the applicable capital allowances from the Company’s 
SPV investments.
The Investment Adviser recommends the fair value on a 
quarterly basis, which includes a complete review of all 
valuation assumptions on a semi-annual basis, subject 
to the Board’s approval. The key inputs, as listed below, 
are derived from various internal and external sources. 
The key inputs to a DCF based approach are: the equity 
discount rate, the cost of debt (influenced by interest 
rate, gearing level and length of debt), power price 
forecasts, long term inflation rates, asset life, irradiation 
forecasts, average wind speeds, operational costs and 
taxation. Given discount rates are a product of not only 
the factors listed previously but also regulatory support, 
perceived sector risk and competitive tensions, it is 
not unusual for discount rates to change over time. 
Evidence of this is shown by way of the revisions to 
the original discount rates applied between the first 
renewable acquisitions and those witnessed in the past 
twelve months. 
Both the current and prior year valuations saw the 
inclusion of the Electricity Generator Levy (“the Levy”) 
on excess profits produced by electricity generators 
as announced by the Chancellor of the Exchequer in 
the Autumn Statement in November 2022. The Levy 
is a temporary 45% tax on the extraordinary returns 
made by electricity generators towards the end of 2022 
while European energy prices soared in the wake of 
Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. The Levy will be in place 
from 1 January 2023 until 31 March 2028, with the 
benchmark price linked to UK Consumer Price Inflation. 
The Investment Adviser previously sought external 
advice from its legal and tax advisers on how to model 
the Levy within the valuation methodology.
Transfers during the year
There have been no transfers between levels during 
the year ended 30 June 2024. Any transfers between 
the levels will be accounted for on the last day of each 
financial year. Due to the nature of the investments, 
these are always expected to be classified as Level 3.
Directors’ Valuation methodology and process
The same valuation methodology and process for 
operational assets is followed in these financial 
statements as was applied in the preparation of the 
Company’s financial statements for the year ended 30 
June 2023. 
Before planning has been achieved, no value is 
attributed (beyond costs incurred), to the Company’s 
development pipeline.
However, once the projects receive planning permission 
they are then valued according to the following criteria:
•	 Projects purchased by the Company from developers 
are valued at investment cost (deemed to approximate 
fair value).
•	 Other projects in the Company’s pipeline are valued 
on an asset-by-asset basis and benchmarked against 
values from wider market processes.
During the construction stages assets continue to be 
valued at investment cost (deemed to be approximate 
fair value). The Investment Adviser intends for newly 
built projects to be valued on a DCF basis shortly after 
they become operational.
Investments that are operational are valued on a DCF 
basis over the life of the asset (typically more than 
25 years) and, under the ‘willing buyer-willing seller’ 
methodology, prudently benchmarked on a £/MW basis 
against comparable transactions for large scale portfolios.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
108

Given discount rates are subjective, there is sensitivity 
within these to the interpretation of factors outlined 
above.
The weighted average discount rate has been maintained 
at 8.00% as at 30 June 2024 (2023: 8.00%). The Board 
have determined that an effective price of £1.24m/MW 
(2023: £1.35m/MW) is an appropriate basis for the 
valuation of the BSIF portfolio as at 30 June 2024. The 
reduction compared to 30 June 2023 is mainly due to a 
decline in working capital levels due to debt repayments, 
dividends and investment into construction assets and 
declines in power forecasts. 
 
In order to smooth the sensitivity of the valuation to 
forecast timing or opinion taken by a single forecast, 
the Board continues to adopt the application of blended 
power curves from three leading forecasters. 
The fair values of operational SPVs are calculated on 
a discounted cash flow basis in accordance with the 
IPEV Valuation Guidelines. The Investment Adviser 
recommends the fair value on a quarterly basis, which 
includes a complete review of all valuation assumptions 
on a semi-annual basis, subject to the Board’s approval 
as at 30 June and 31 December each year. 
Sensitivity analysis
The table below analyses the sensitivity of the fair value 
of the Directors’ Valuation to an individual input, while all 
other variables remain constant. 
The Directors consider the changes in inputs to be within 
a reasonable range based on their understanding of 
market transactions. This is not intended to imply that 
the likelihood of change or that possible changes in 
value would be restricted to this range. 
30 JUNE 2024
30 JUNE 2023
Input
Change in input
Change in fair value 
of Directors’ Valuation 
£m
Change in NAV 
per share 
(pence)
Change in fair value 
of Directors’ Valuation 
£m
Change in NAV 
per share 
(pence)
Discount rate
 + 0.5% 
(20.6)
(3.43)
(18.8)
(3.07)
 - 0.5% 
16.4
2.73
19.4
3.17
Power prices
+10%
58.1
9.65
54.2
8.86
-10%
(62.9)
(10.45)
(56.9)
(9.31)
Inflation rate 
 + 0.5% 
44.5
7.39
31.7
5.19
 - 0.5% 
(46.5)
(7.73)
(30.2)
(4.94)
Energy yield
 10 year P90 
(102.8)
(17.07)
(105.0)
(17.17)
 10 year P10 
104.7
17.37
111.9
18.30
O&M
+10%
(11.6)
(1.93)
(9.1)
(1.49)
-10%
6.9
1.14
9.1
1.49
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
109

Subsidiaries and Associates
The Company holds investments through subsidiary companies 
which have not been consolidated as a result of the adoption of 
IFRS 10: Investment entities exemption to consolidation. Below 
is the legal entity name and ownership percentage for the SPVs 
which are all incorporated in the UK except for Bluefield Durrants 
GmBH which is incorporated in Germany.
Name
Ownership 
percentage
Bluefield Renewables 1 Limited
100
Bluefield Renewables 2 Limited
100
Bluefield SIF Investments Limited
100
Bunns Hill Solar Limited
100
HF Solar Limited
100
Hoback Solar Limited
100
Littlebourne Solar Farm Limited
100
Molehill PV Farm Limited
100
Pashley Solar Farm Limited
100
ISP (UK) 1 Limited
100
Solar Power Surge Limited
100
West Raynham Solar Limited
100
Sheppey Solar Limited
100
Capelands Solar Farm Limited
100
North Beer Solar Limited
100
WEL Solar Park 2 Limited
100
Hardingham Solar Limited
100
Redlands Solar Farm Limited
100
WEL Solar Park 1 Limited
100
Saxley Solar Limited
100
Name
Ownership 
percentage
Frogs Loke Solar Limited
100
Old Stone Farm Solar Park Limited
100
Bradenstoke Solar Park Limited
100
GPP Langstone LLP
100
Ashlawn Solar Limited
100
Betingau Solar Limited
100
Grange Solar Limited
100
Hall Solar Limited
100
Oulton Solar Limited
100
Romsey Solar Limited
100
Salhouse Solar Limited
100
Tollgate Solar Limited
100
Trethosa Solar Limited
100
Welbourne Energy LLP
100
Barvills Solar Limited
100
Clapton Farm Solar Park Limited
100
Court Farm Solar Farm Limited
100
East Farm Solar Park Limited
100
Galton Manor Solar Park Limited
100
Gypsum Solar Farm Limited
100
Holly Farm Solar Park Limited
100
Kellingley Solar Farm Limited
100
Little Bear Solar Limited
100
Place Barton Farm Solar Park Limited 
100
Willows Farm Solar Limited
100
Southwick Solar Limited
100
Name
Ownership 
percentage
Butteriss Down Solar Farm Limited
100
Goshawk Solar Limited
100
Kite Solar Limited
100
Peregrine Solar Limited
100
Promothames 1 Limited
100
Rookery Solar Limited
100
Mikado Solar Projects (2) Limited
100
Mikado Solar Projects (1) Limited
100
KS SPV 5 Limited 
100
Eagle Solar Limited
100
Kislingbury M1 Solar Limited
100
Thornton Lane Solar Farm Limited
100
Gretton Solar Farm Limited
100
Wormit Solar Farm Limited
100
Langlands Solar Limited
100
Bluefield Merlin LTD
100
Harrier Solar Limited
100
Rhydy Pandy Solar Limited
100
New Energy Business Solar Limited 
100
Corby Solar Limited
100
Falcon Solar Farm Limited
100
Folly Lane Solar Limited
100
New Road Solar Limited
100
Blossom 1 Solar Limited
100
Blossom 2 Solar Limited
100
New Road 2 Solar Limited
100
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
110

Name
Ownership 
percentage
GPP Eastcott LLP
100
GPP Blackbush LLP
100
GPP Big Field LLP
100
WSE Hartford Wood Limited
60
Oak Renewables 2 Limited
100
Oak Renewables Limited
100
Creathorne Farm Solar Park Limited (formerly 
Good Energy Creathorne Farm Solar Park (003) 
Limited)
100
Lower End Farm Solar Park Limited (formerly 
Good Energy Lower End Farm Solar Park (026) 
Limited)
100
Woolbridge Solar Park Limited (formerly Good 
Energy Woolbridge Solar Park (010) Limited)
100
Rook Wood Solar Park Limited (formerly Good 
Energy Rook Wood Solar Park (057) Limited)
100
Carloggas Solar Park Limited (formerly Good 
Energy Carloggas Solar Park (009) Limited)
100
Cross Road Plantation Solar Park Limited (for­
merly Good Energy Cross Road Plantation Solar 
Park (028) Limited)
100
Delabole Windfarm Limited (formerly Good 
Energy Delabole Windfarm Limited
100
Hampole Windfarm Limited (formerly Good 
Energy Hampole Windfarm Limited)
100
Renewable Energy Assets Limited (formerly 
Wind Energy Generation Assets No.1 Limited and 
Good Energy Generation Assets No.1 Limited)
100
Wind Energy 1 Hold Co Limited 
100
Aisling Renewables Limited
100
Name
Ownership 
percentage
Wind Energy 3 Hold Co 
100
Wind Energy (NI) Limited 
100
Ash Renewables No 3 Limited
100
Ash Renewables No 4 Limited
100
Ash Renewables No 5 Limited
100
Ash Renewables No 6 Limited
100
Wind Beragh Limited
100
Wind Camlough Limited
100
Wind Cullybackey Limited
100
Wind Dungorman Limited
100
Wind Killeenan Limited
100
Wind Mowhan Limited
100
Wind Mullanmore Limited
100
Carmoney Energy Limited
100
Errigal Energy Limited
100
Galley Energy Limited
100
S&E Wind Energy Limited
100
Wind Energy 2 Hold Co Limited
100
Boston RE Ltd
100
Wind Energy Scotland (Fourteen Arce Fields) 
Limited
100
Wind Energy Scotland (Birkwood Mains) Limited
100
Wind Energy Scotland (Holmhead) Limited
100
Mosscliff Power 5 Limited
100
Mosscliff Power 10 Limited
100
Mosscliff Power 2 Limited
100
Name
Ownership 
percentage
Mosscliff Power 3 Limited
100
Mosscliff Power 4 Limited
100
Mosscliff Power 6 Limited
100
Mosscliff Power 7 Limited
100
Mosscliff Power Limited
100
E2 Energy PLC
100
Wind Energy One Limited
100
Wind Energy Two Limited
100
New Road Wind Limited
100
Yelvertoft Solar Farm Limited
100
Paytherden Solar Farm Limited (formerly 
Peradon Solar Farm Limited)
100
Lower Tean Leys Solar Farm Limited
60
Lower Mays Solar Farm Limited
100
Longpasture Solar Farm Limited
60
Leeming Solar Farm Limited
60
Wallace Wood Solar Farm Limited
60
LEO1B Energy Park Limited 
60
LH DNO Grid Services Limited 
60
Sweet Briar Solar Farm Limited
60
BF31 WHF Solar Limited
60
BF27 BF Solar Limited
60
BF13A TF Solar Limited
60
HW Solar Farm Limited
100
AR108 Bolt Solar Farm Limited
100
DC21 Earth SPV Limited
100
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
111

Name
Ownership 
percentage
St Johns Hill Wind Holdco Limited
100
St Johns Hill Wind Limited
100
Trickey Warren Solar Limited
100
Whitton Solar Limited
100
LPF UK Equityco Limited
100
LPF UK Solar Limited
100
LPF Kinetica UK Limited
100
BF33C LHF Solar Limited
60
AR006 GF Solar Limited
100
Mauxhall Farm Energy Park Limited
100
BF16D BHF Solar Limited
100
BF33E BHF Solar Limited
60
BF58 Hunts Airfield Solar Ltd 
60
Lightning 1 Energy Park Limited
100
Abbots Ann Farm Solar Park Limited
100
Canada Farm Solar Park Limited
100
Kinetica 846 Limited
100
Kinetica 868 Limited
100
Twineham Energy Limited
60
Sheepwash Lane Energy Barn Limited
100
Whitehouse Farm Energy Barn Limited
100
Bluefield Durrants GmBH
100
New Road Solar 3 Limited
100
New Road Solar 4 Limited
100
Renewable Energy Hold Co Limited (formerly 
Wind Energy Holding Company No.1 Limited and 
Good Energy Holding Company No.1 Limited)
100
Name
Ownership 
percentage
Westover Gridco Limited
50
Lyceum Solar Limited
9
Wind Energy 4 Hold Co Limited
100
West Raynham X Energy Park Limited
60
9.Trade and other receivables
30 June 2024 
£’000
30 June 2023
£’000
CURRENT ASSETS
Income from investments 
900
900
Other receivables
24
10
924
910
There are no material past due or impaired receivable balances 
outstanding at the year end.
 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of all receivables 
approximates to their fair value.
10. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Company 
and short term bank deposits held with maturities of up to three 
months. The carrying amount of these assets as at 30 June 2024 
was £1,253,168 (2023: £968,878) and approximated their 
fair value. Cash held by BR1, the Company’s immediate wholly 
owned subsidiary, as at 30 June 2024 is shown in Note 8.
Name
Ownership 
percentage
E5 Energy Limited
100
E6 Energy Limited
100
E7 Energy Limited
100
Hallmark Powergen 3 Limited
100
Warren Wind Limited
100
Wind Energy Three Limited
100
Wind Energy Holdings Limited
100
Crockbaravally Wind Holdco Limited
100
Crockbaravally Wind Farm Limited
100
Dayfields Solar Limited
100
Farm Power Apollo Limited
100
Freathy Solar Park Limited
100
IREEL FIT TopCo Limited
100
IREEL FIT HoldCo Limited
100
IREEL Wind TopCo Limited
100
IREEL Solar HoldCo Limited
100
IREL Solar HoldCo Limited
100
Ladyhole Solar Limited
100
Morton Wood Solar Limited
100
Nanteague Solar Limited
100
Newton Down Wind HoldCo Limited
100
Newton Down Windfarm Limited
100
Padley Wood Solar Limited
100
Peel Wind Farm (Sheerness) Limited
100
Port of Sheerness Wind Farm Limited
100
Sandys Moor Solar Limited
100
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
112

13. Share capital
The authorised share capital of the Company is represented by 
an unlimited number of Ordinary Shares of no par value which, 
upon issue, the Directors may designate into such classes and 
denominate in such currencies as they may determine..
Number of Ordinary Shares
Year ended 
30 June 2024
Number
Year ended 
30 June 2023
Number
Opening balance
611,452,217
611,452,217
Purchase of Ordinary shares 
into Treasury
(9,078,000)
-
Closing balance
602,374,217
611,452,217
Treasury Shares
On 15 February 2024, the Company announced a share buyback 
programme in which it had allocated £20 million to purchase its 
own shares post closed period. During the year ended 30 June 
2024, 9,078,000 Treasury shares were purchased at an average 
price of 103.19 pence per share. The total amount spent on the 
buyback was £9,368,038.
The Company held 9,078,000 Treasury shares at the year end 
(2023: nil). 
Shareholders’ Equity
Year ended
 30 June 2024
£’000 
Year ended
 30 June 2023
£’000
Opening balance 
854,189
858,391
Purchase of Ordinary shares 
into Treasury
(9,368)
-
Dividends paid
(53,663)
(50,995)
Total comprehensive (loss)/
income
(9,601)
46,793
Closing balance
781,557
854,189
Rights attaching to shares
The Company has a single class of Ordinary Shares, which are 
entitled to dividends declared by the Company. At any general 
meeting of the Company, each ordinary Shareholder is entitled 
to have one vote for each share held. The Ordinary Shareholders 
also have the right to receive all income attributable to those 
shares and participate in distributions made and such income 
shall be divided pari passu among the holders of Ordinary Shares 
in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares held by them.
14. Dividends
On 7 August 2023, the Board declared a third interim dividend 
of £12,840,497, in respect of the year ended 30 June 2023, 
equating to 2.10pps (third interim dividend in respect of the 
year ended 30 June 2022: 2.05pps), which was paid on 1 
September 2023 to Shareholders on the register on 18 August 
2023.
On 28 September 2023, the Board declared a fourth interim 
dividend of £14,063,401 in respect of the year ended 30 June 
2023, equating to 2.30pps (fourth interim dividend in respect 
of the year ended 30 June 2022: 2.09pps), which was paid on 
6 November 2023 to Shareholders on the register on 6 October 
2023.
On 26 January 2024, the Board declared its first interim 
dividend of £13,451,949, in respect of the year ending 30 June 
2024, equating to 2.20pps (first interim dividend in respect of 
the year ended 30 June 2023: 2.10pps), which was paid on 
9 March 2024 to Shareholders on the register on 9 February 
2024.
On 14 May 2024, the Board declared a second interim dividend 
of £13,307,233, in respect of the year ended 30 June 2024, 
equating to 2.20pps (second interim dividend in respect of the 
year ended 30 June 2023: 2.10pps), which was paid on 24 
June 2024 to Shareholders on the register on 24 May 2024.
11. Other payables and accrued expenses
30 June 2024 
£’000
30 June 2023
£’000
CURRENT LIABILITIES 
Investment advisory fees
162
164
Administration fees 
130
136
Audit fees 
120
109
Payable for Treasury shares 
purchased
106
-
Directors’ Fees
85
72
Other payables
60
53
663
534
The Company has financial risk management policies in place to 
ensure that all payables are paid within the agreed credit period. 
The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of all payables 
approximate to their fair value.
12. Earnings per share
Year ended
30 June 2024
Year ended
30 June 2023
(Loss)/profit attributable 
to Shareholders of the 
Company Company
(£9,600,983)
£46,793,621
Weighted average number of 
Ordinary shares 
609,849,113
611,452,217
Basic and diluted earnings 
from continuing operations 
and (loss)/profit for the 
year (pence per share)
(1.57)
7.65
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
113

15. Risk management policies and procedures
Market price risk will arise from changes in electricity 
prices whenever PPAs expire and are renewed. The 
timing of these is staggered to minimise risk.
BR1’s future SPV investments are subject to fluctuations 
in the price of secondary assets which could have 
a material adverse effect on the BR1’s ability to 
source projects that meet its investment criteria and 
consequently its business, financial position, results of 
operations and business prospects.
The Company’s overall market position is monitored by 
the Investment Adviser and is reviewed by the Board of 
Directors on an ongoing basis.
Currency risk
The Company does not have any direct currency risk 
exposure as all its investments, borrowings and other 
transactions are in Sterling. The Company is however 
indirectly exposed to currency risk on future equipment 
purchases, made through BR1’s SPVs, where equipment 
is imported.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial 
instruments and related income from the cash and cash 
equivalents will fluctuate due to changes in market 
interest rates. 
The Company is also exposed, through BR1, to interest 
rate risk on drawings under its RCF. Please see page 29 
in the Investment Adviser’s report for details of the third 
party debt within the Company’s subsidiaries. 
The Company’s interest bearing financial assets consist 
of cash and cash equivalents. The interest rates on the 
short term bank deposits are fixed and do not fluctuate 
significantly with changes in market interest rates. 
The following table shows the portfolio profile of the financial assets at year 
end:
Interest rate
Total as at 
30 June 2024
(£’000)
Floating rate
RBSI
1.83%
976
Fixed rate
Lloyds
0.00%
277
1,253      
Interest rate
Total as at 
30 June 2023
(£’000)
Floating rate
RBSI
1.70%
753
Fixed rate
Lloyds
0.00%
216
969    
The valuation of BR1’s SPV investments is subject to variation in the discount 
rate, which are themselves subject to changes in interest rate risk due to the 
discount rates applied to the discounted cash flow technique when valuing the 
investments. The Investment Adviser reviews the discount rates semi-annually 
and takes into consideration market activity to ensure appropriate discount 
rates are recommended to the Board. The Group is exposed to interest rate risk 
on the Directors’ Valuation of £965.6m (2023: £1,018.4m).
The Company is exposed to a variety of financial risks, 
including market risk (including price risk, currency 
risk and interest rate risk), credit risk, liquidity risk and 
portfolio operational risk. The Investment Adviser and 
the Administrator report to the Board on a quarterly 
basis and provide information to the Company which 
allows it to monitor and manage financial risks relating 
to its operations. 
The Company’s overall risk management programme 
focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets 
and government energy policy and seeks to minimise 
potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial 
performance, as referenced in the Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties section in the Strategic Report.
The Board is ultimately responsible for the overall 
risk management approach within the Company. The 
Board has established procedures for monitoring and 
controlling risk. The Company has investment guidelines 
that set out its overall business strategies, its tolerance 
for risk and its general risk management philosophy.
In addition, the Investment Adviser monitors and 
measures the overall risk bearing capacity in relation 
to the aggregate risk exposure across all risk types and 
activities. Further details regarding these policies are 
set out below:
Market price risk
Market price risk is defined as the risk that the fair value 
of future cash flows of a financial instrument held by 
the Company, in particular through the Company’s 
subsidiary, BR1, will fluctuate because of changes in 
market prices. 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
114

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full when due. 
The underlying SPVs are contracted only with investment grade counter parties, mitigating 
PPA counterparty risk. The Directors do not have any concerns around the continuing 
purchasing of power through its current PPAs.
The Company’s credit risk exposure is due to a portion of the Company’s assets being 
held as cash and cash equivalents and accrued interest. The Company maintains its cash 
and cash equivalents and borrowings across two different banking groups to diversify 
credit risk. The total exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty 
and the carrying amounts of financial assets best represent the maximum credit risk 
exposure at the year end date. As at 30 June 2024, the maximum credit risk exposure 
in relation to cash and cash equivalents held by the Company was £1,253,168 (2023: 
£968,878). If the cash and cash equivalents held by BR1 are included, this increases to 
£29,923,873 (2023: £27,375,878). All cash and cash equivalents held by the Company 
and BR1 is with banks that have a credit rating which is of investment grade.
Cash
£’000)
Fixed deposit
£’000)
Total as at 
30 June 2024
(£’000)
RBSI
976
-
976
Lloyds
-
277
277
976
277
1,253
Cash
£’000)
Fixed deposit
£’000)
Total as at 
30 June 2023
(£’000)
RBSI
753
-
753
Lloyds
-
216
216
753
216
969
The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its liabilities as they fall 
due. The Investment Adviser and the Board continuously monitor forecasted and actual 
cash flows from operating, financing and investing activities.
As the Company’s investments, through BR1, are in the SPVs, which are private companies 
that are not publicly listed, the return from these investments is dependent on the income 
generated or the disposal of renewable energy infrastructure assets by the SPVs and will 
take time to realise.
The Company, through BR1, expects to comply with the covenants of its revolving credit 
facility.
The following table details the Company’s expected maturity for its financial assets and 
liabilities. These are undiscounted contractual cash flows:
Less than one 
year
(£’000)
Between one 
and five years
(£’000)
After five 
years
(£’000)
Total as at 
30 June 2024
(£’000)
ASSETS
Financial assets held at fair 
value through profit or loss*
-
-
423,162
423,162
Trade and other receivables**
924
-
-
924
Cash and cash equivalents
1,253
-
-
1,253
LIABILITIES
Other payables and accrued 
expenses
(663)
-
-
(663)
1,514
-
423,162
424,676
* 	 the Company passes debt to BR1 under loan agreements; as at the year end there is an additional 
amount of non-contractual cash which is not reflected above in addition to the interest income
**excluding prepayments
As part of the financing terms provided by all third party leaders to companies within 
the Group, lenders have security packages which include charges over the shares of the 
borrower entity and any wholly owned subsidiaries.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
115

Less than one 
year
(£’000)
Between one 
and five years
(£’000)
After five 
years
(£’000)
Total as at 
30 June 2023
(£’000)
ASSETS
Financial assets held at fair value through 
profit or loss*
-
-
454,460
454,460
Trade and other receivables**
910
-
-
910
Cash and cash equivalents
969
-
-
969
LIABILITIES
Other payables and accrued 
expenses
(534)
-
-
(534)
1,345
-
454,460
455,805
* 	 the Company passes debt to BR1 under loan agreements; as at the year end there is an additional amount of non-contractual 
cash which is not reflected above
**excluding prepayments
16. Related Party Transactions and 
Directors’ Remuneration 
In the opinion of the Directors, the Company has no immediate or 
ultimate controlling party.
The Chair was entitled to an annual remuneration of £81,000 
(2023: £68,906). The other Directors were entitled to an annual 
remuneration of £54,000 (2023: £43,050). The Chair of the 
Nomination Committee receives an additional annual fee of 
£3,000 (2023: N/A). The Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
receives an additional annual fee of £3,000 (2023: N/A). The Chair 
of the Environmental, Social and Governance Committee receives 
an additional annual fee of £7,000 (2023: £5,250). The Chair 
of the Audit and Risk Committee receives an additional annual 
fee of £11,000 (2023: £8,768). The Chair of the Management 
Engagement and Service Providers Committee receives an 
additional annual fee of £4,000 (2023: £3,150).
The total Directors’ fees expense for the year amounted to 
£284,166 (2023: £271,634) of which £85,414 was outstanding 
at 30 June 2024 (2023: £71,517). 
At 30 June 2024, the number of Ordinary Shares held by each 
Director is as follows:
2024
Number of
Ordinary Shares
2023
Number of
Ordinary Shares
John Scott*
683,929
625,619 
Elizabeth Burne
15,000
15,000
Michael Gibbons
37,800
-
Meriel Lenfestey
7,693
7,693
Chris Waldron 
55,000
N/A
Paul Le Page
N/A
35,000
799,422
683,312
*Including shares held by PCAs 
Portfolio operational risk
Portfolio operational risk is defined as the risk that 
renewable energy infrastructure assets perform below 
expectation after acquisition and revenue received from 
the sale of electricity is reduced. This risk is mitigated 
by BSL ensuring that operation and maintenance 
contractors are compliant with their contractual 
obligations including reaction times, maintenance plans 
and service levels.
Concentrations of risk
Concentrations of risk arise from financial instruments 
that have similar characteristics and are affected 
similarly by changes in economic or other conditions. All 
assets are located in the UK and consist of solar, wind 
and energy storage assets. 
Capital management policies and procedures
The Company’s capital management objectives are to 
ensure that the Company will be able to continue as a 
going concern while maximising the capital return to 
equity Shareholders. 
In accordance with the Company’s investment policy, 
the Company’s principal use of cash (including the 
proceeds of any share issuance and loan facilities) 
is to fund BR1’s projects, as well as expenses related 
to fundraising, the share issues, ongoing operational 
expenses and payment of dividends and other 
distributions to Shareholders in accordance with the 
Company’s dividend policy.
The Board, with the assistance of the Investment 
Adviser, monitors and reviews the broad structure of the 
Company’s capital on an ongoing basis.
The Company has no imposed capital requirements. 
The capital structure of the Company consists of issued 
share capital and retained earnings.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
116

John Scott and Michael Gibbons are Directors of BR1. They received an annual fee 
of £6,828 (2023: £6,565) each for their services to this company. Neil Wood and 
James Armstrong, who are partners of the Investment Adviser, are also Directors 
of BSIFIL and BR1. 
The Company and BR1’s investment advisory fees for the year amounted to 
£6,510,644 (2023: £7,052,064) of which £512,618 (2023: £554,919) was 
outstanding at the year end. James Armstrong, Giovanni Terranova and Neil Wood, 
who are partners of the Investment Adviser, hold a 0.03%, 0.07% and 0.01% 
interest in the Company as at 30 June 2024, respectively.
Fees paid during the year by SPVs to BSL, a company which has the same ownership 
as that of the Investment Adviser totalled £5,795,140 (2023: £4,456,173). BSL 
provides asset management and other services relating to the operation of daily 
management activities of the renewable energy project companies.
Fees paid during the year by SPVs to BOL, a company which has the same 
ownership as that of the Investment Adviser totalled £15,819,315 (2023: 
£10,156,959). BOL provides O&M and other services relating to the operation of 
daily management activities of the renewable energy project companies.
Fees paid during the year by SPVs to BRD, a company which has the same ownership 
as that of the Investment Adviser, totalled £808,168 (2023: £1,624,024). BRD 
locates and manages a pipeline of development projects for the Company and the 
amount includes £Nil (2023: £966,681) for BRD’s share of development projects 
sold.
Fees paid during the year by SPVs to BCM, a company which has the same 
ownership as that of the Investment Adviser totalled £335,223 (2023: £Nil). BCM 
provides construction management services on the new build portfolio.
The Company’s monitoring fee income received from BR1 amounted to £900,000 
(2023: £900,000) of which £900,257 was outstanding at the year end (2023: 
£900,257). 
17. Subsequent events
The following events happened after the end 
of the Company’s reporting period on 30 June 
2024
On 22 July 2024, the Company announced 
the signing of Phase Two of its long term 
strategic partnership with GLIL, being the sale 
of a 50% stake in a 112.2MW portfolio of UK 
solar assets which had been 100% owned 
by the Company. On 5 September 2024, the 
Company announced completion of the sale 
for c.£70 million, of which £50.5 million was 
used to partially repay the RCF. The remaining 
proceeds will be used to provide funding for 
the Company’s construction pipeline. After 
completion of Phase Two, the Company’s 
equity stake in the combined portfolios 
increased to approximately 25%. This includes 
the acquisition of the Lightsource BP Portfolio, 
in which Bluefield Solar secured a 9% equity 
interest alongside GLIL during Phase One of 
the Strategic Partnership in December 2023.
Post year end, on 19 August 2024, the 
Board declared a third interim dividend of 
£13,171,273 in respect of the year ended 30 
June 2024, equating to 2.20pps (third interim 
dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 
2023: 2.10pps), which will be paid on or 
around 30 September 2024 to Shareholders 
on the register on 30 August 2024.
Post year end, Meriel Lenfestey bought an 
additional 12,307 Ordinary Shares and Chris 
Waldron bought an additional 35,000 Ordinary 
Shares of the Company.
Post year end, on 27 September 2024, the 
Board approved a fourth interim dividend in 
respect of the year ended 30 June 2024 of 
2.20pps (fourth interim dividend in respect of 
the year ended 30 June 2023: 2.30pps), which 
will be declared on 30 September 2024 and 
will be paid on or around 15 November 2024 
to Shareholders on the register on 11 October 
2024.
During the period from 1 July 2024 up to and 
including 26 September 2024, the Company 
purchased 5,505,000 Treasury shares at a 
total cost of £5,930,527. 
SOLAR PV AT AT BRADENSTOKE
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
117

Glossary 
of Defined Terms
Administrator 	
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited
AGM 	
The Annual General Meeting
AIC 	
The Association of Investment Companies
AIC Code 	
The Association of Investment Companies 
Code of Corporate Governance
AIF 	
Alternative Investment Fund
AIFM 	
Alternative Investment Fund Management
AIFMD 	
The Alternative Investment Fund 
Management Directive
Articles 	
The Memorandum of 29 May 2013 as 
amended and Articles of Incorporation as 
adopted by special resolution on 7 November 
2016
Auditor 	
KPMG Channel Islands Limited (see KPMG)
Aviva Investors 	
Aviva Investors Limited
118
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BCM	
Bluefield Construction Management Limited
BEIS 	
The Department for Business, Energy and 
Industrial Strategy
BEPS 	
Base erosion and profit shifting
BESS 	
Battery energy storage systems
Bluefield 	
Bluefield Partners LLP
Bluefield Group 	
Bluefield Partners LLP and Bluefield Companies 
BOL 	
Bluefield Operations Limited
Board 	
The Directors of the Company
BR1 	
Bluefield Renewables 1 Ltd being the only direct 
subsidiary of the Company 
BRD 	
Bluefield Renewable Developments Ltd 
Brexit 	
Departure of the UK from the EU
BSIF 	
Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
BSL 	
Bluefield Asset Management Services Limited
BSUoS	
Balancing Services Use of System charges: costs 
set to ensure that network companies can recover 
their allowed revenue under Ofgem price controls
Business days 	
Every official working day of the week, generally 
Monday to Friday excluding public holidays
CAGR	
Compound annual growth rate
Calculation Time	
The Calculation Time as set out in the Articles of 
Incorporation
CCC	
Committee on Climate Change
CfD	
Contract for Difference
Company 	
Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
Companies Law	
The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008, as 
amended (see Law)
Cost of debt 	
The blended cost of debt reflecting fixed and 
index-linked elements 
CO2e 	
Carbon Dioxide emissions
CRS 	
Common Reporting Standard 
CSR	
Corporate Social Responsibility
DCF	
Discounted Cash Flow 
DEFRA	
Department for Environment, Food and Rural 
Affairs
DESNZ	
Department for Energy Security and Net Zero
Defect Risk 	
An over-reliance on limited equipment 
manufacturers which could lead to large 
proportions of the portfolio suffering similar 
defects
Directors’ Valuation	
Gross value of the SPV investments held by BR1, 
including their holding companies.
DNO	
Distribution Network Operator
DNSH 	
Do No Significant Harm
DSCR	
Debt service cover ratio
DTR	
The Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules of the UK’s FCA
EBITDA 	
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation 
EGL	
Electricity Generator Levy
EGM	
Extraordinary General Meeting
EIS	
Enterprise Investment Scheme
EPC	
Engineering, Procurement & Construction 
EPS	
Earning per share
ESCC	
Equity Shares in Commercial Companies category
ESG	
Environmental, Social & Governance
EU	
The European Union 
EV	
Enterprise valuation
FAC	
Final Acceptance Certificate
FATCA	
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
FI	
Financial Institution
Financial Statements	
The audited annual financial statements
FiT	
Feed-in Tariff
FRC	
Financial Reporting Council
GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
119

GAV	
Gross Asset Value 
GDPR	
General Data Protection Regulation
GFSC 	
The Guernsey Financial Services Commission
GHG 	
Greenhouse gas
GHG Protocol 	
Supplies the world’s most widely used greenhouse 
gas accounting standards
GLIL	
GLIL Infrastructure LLP 
Group	
Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited and Bluefield 
SIF Investments Limited
Guernsey Code	
The Guernsey Financial Services Commission 
Finance Sector Code of Corporate Governance
GWh	
Gigawatt hour
GW	
Gigawatt peak
IAS	
International Accounting Standard
IASB	
The International Accounting Standards Board
IFRS	
International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the EU
Investment Adviser 	
Bluefield Partners LLP
IPCC	
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
IPEV Valuation 	
The International Private Equity and Venture 
Guidelines 	
Capital Valuation Guidelines
IPO 	
Initial public offering
IRR	
Internal Rate of Return
IVSC	
International Valuation Standards Council
KID 	
Key Information Document 
KPI	
Key Performance Indicators
KPMG	
KPMG Channel Islands Limited (see Auditor)
kWh	
Kilowatt hour
kW	
Kilowatt
Law	
Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 as amended (see 
Companies Law)
LD	
Liquidated damages
Listing Rules	
The set of FCA rules which must be followed by all 
companies listed in the UK
Lloyds 	
Lloyds Bank Group plc
LSE	
London Stock Exchange plc
LTF	
Long term facility provided by Aviva Investors 
Limited
Macquarie	
Macquarie Bank Limited 
Main Market	
The main securities market of the LSE
MESPC	
Management Engagement and Service Providers 
Committee
MW	
Megawatt (a unit of power equal to one million watts)
MWh	
Megawatt hour
NatWest	
NatWest International plc 
NAV	
Net Asset Value as defined in the prospectus
NGFS	
Network for Greening the Financial System
NIRO	
Northern Ireland Renewables Obligation
NMPI	
Non-mainstream Pooled Investments and Special 
Purpose Vehicles and the rules around their 
financial promotion
NPPR	
The AIFMD National Private Placement Regime
O&M	
Operation and Maintenance
OECD 	
The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and 
Development 
Official List	
The Premium Segment of the UK Listing 
Authority’s Official List
Ofgem	
Office of Gas and Electricity Markets
Ordinary Shares	
The issued ordinary share capital of the Company, 
of which there is only one class
Outage Risk	
A higher proportion of large capacity assets hold 
increased exposure to material losses due to 
curtailments and periods of outage
GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
120

P10 	
Irradiation estimate exceeded with 10% 
probability
P90	
Irradiation estimate exceeded with 90% 
probability
PAI	
Principle Adverse Indicators
PCA	
Persons Closely Associated
PCAF	
Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials
PPA	
Power Purchase Agreement
pps	
Pence per share
PR	
Performance Ratio (the ratio of the actual and 
theoretically possible energy outputs)
PRIIPS	
Packaged Retail and Insurance-Based Investment 
Products 
PV	
Photovoltaic
RBSI	
Royal Bank of Scotland International Limited
RCF	
Revolving Credit Facility
RCP	
Representative Concentration Pathway
REGO	
Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin 
REMA	
Review of Electricity Market Arrangements 
RIDDOR	
Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations
RO Scheme	
The Renewable Obligation Scheme which is the 
financial mechanism by which the UK Government 
incentivises the deployment of large-scale 
renewable electricity generation by placing a 
mandatory requirement on licensed UK electricity 
suppliers to source a specified and annually 
increasing proportion of the electricity they supply to 
customers from eligible renewable sources, or pay a 
penalty
ROC	
Renewable Obligation Certificates
ROC recycle	
The payment received by generators from the 
redistribution of the buy-out fund. Payments are 
made into the buy-out fund when suppliers do not 
have sufficient ROCs to cover their obligation
RPI	
The Retail Price Index
Santander UK 	
Santander UK plc
SASB 	
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
SBTI 	
Science Based Targets Initiative
SCADA 	
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SDR	
The United Nations Sustainable Development 
Requirements 
SDG	
Sustainability Disclosure Goals
SFDR	
The Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation
SIC	
Standard Industrial Classification
SONIA	
Sterling Overnight Index Average
SPA 	
Share Purchase Agreement
SPVs	
The Special Purpose Vehicles which hold the 
Company’s investment portfolio of underlying 
operating assets
SSP	
Shared Socioeconomic Pathways
Sterling 	
The Great British pound currency
TCFD 	
Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
TNFD 	
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures
TTISE	
The International Stock Exchange (formerly CISE, 
Channel Islands Securities Exchange)
UK 	
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern 
Ireland
UK Code 	
The United Kingdom Corporate Governance Code
UK FCA	
The UK Financial Conduct Authority
UNGC 	
The United Nations Global Compact 
United Nations Principles 	An approach to investing that aims to incorporate
for Responsible	
environmental, social and governance factors into
Investment	
investment decisions, to better manage risk and 
generate sustainable, long term returns
GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
121

Alternative Performance Measures 
Unaudited
APM
DEFINITION
PURPOSE
CALCULATION
Total return
The percentage increase/(decrease) in NAV, inclusive 
of dividends paid, in the reporting period.
A key measure of the success of the Investment 
Adviser’s investment strategy.
The change in NAV for the period plus any 
dividends paid divided by the initial NAV. (129.75-
139.70+2.10+2.30+2.20+2.20)/139.70=(0.83)%
Total Shareholder 
Return
The percentage increase/(decrease) in share price, 
inclusive of dividends paid, in the reporting period.
A measure of the return that could have been ob­
tained by holding a share over the reporting period.
The change in share price for the 
period plus any dividends paid divided 
by the initial share price. (105.60-
120.00+2.10+2.30+2.20+2.20)/120.00=(4.67)%. 
The measure excludes transaction costs.
Total Dividends 
Declared in Period
This is the sum of the dividends that the Board has 
declared relating to the reporting period.
A measure of the income that the company has paid 
to shareholders that can be compared to the Compa­
ny’s target dividend.
The linear sum of each dividend declared in the 
reporting period.
Underlying Earnings
Total net income of the Company’s investment 
portfolio.
A measure to link the underlying financial 
performance of the operational projects to the 
dividends declared and paid by the Company.
Total income of the Company’s portfolio minus Group 
operating costs minus Group debt costs.
Market Capitalisation
The total value of the Company’s issued share 
capital.
This is a key indicator of the Company’s liquidity.
The price per share multiplied by the number of 
shares in issue.
NAV per Ordinary 
Share
The Company’s closing NAV per share at the year 
end.
A measure of the value of one Ordinary Share.
The net assets attributable to Ordinary Shares 
on the statement of financial position (£781.6m) 
divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue 
(602,374,217) as at the calculation date.
Sale of Electricity
The total proportion of revenue generated by the 
Company’s portfolio that is attributable to electricity 
sales.
A measure to understand the proportion of revenue 
attributable to sales of electricity.
The amount of revenue attributable to electricity 
sales divided by the total revenue generated by the 
Company’s portfolio, expressed as a percentage.
Total Revenue
Total net income of the Company’s investment 
portfolio.
A measure to outline the Total revenue of the 
portfolio on per MW basis.
Total income of the Company’s portfolio owned for a 
full 12 months.
PPA Revenue
Revenue generated through PPAs.
A measure to outline the revenue earned by the port­
folio from power sales.
Total revenue from all power price sales during the 
period from the Company’s portfolio.
Regulated Revenue
Revenue generated from the sale of FiTs and ROCs.
A measure to outline the revenue earned by the 
portfolio from government subsidies.
Total revenue from all subsidy income earned during 
the year from the Company’s portfolio.
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
122

APM
DEFINITION
PURPOSE
CALCULATION
Ongoing charges ratio
The recurring costs that the Company and its 
Immediate Holding Company has incurred during the 
year excluding performance fees and one off legal 
and professional fees expressed as a percentage of 
the Company’s average NAV for the year.
A measure of the minimum gross profit that the 
Company needs to produce to make a positive return 
for Shareholders. 
Calculated in accordance with the AIC methodology 
detailed in the table below.
Weighted Average 
ROC
A relative indicator of the regulatory revenues within 
a renewable portfolio.
A measure of the Company’s portfolio earnings as a 
proportion of its assets.
Total Regulated Revenue received by the portfolio 
divided by the product of the current market value 
of a ROC and the annual generation capacity of the 
portfolio. 
Weighted Average 
Life
The average operational life of the Company’s 
portfolio.
A measure of the Company’s progress in extending 
the life of its portfolio beyond the end of the subsidy 
regime in 2036.
The sum of the product of each plant’s operational 
capacity in MW and the plant’s expected life divided 
by the total portfolio capacity in MW.
Directors’ Valuation
The gross value of the SPV Investments held by BR1, 
including their holding companies minus Project level 
debt.
An estimate of the sum that would be realised if the 
Company’s portfolio was sold on a willing buyer, 
willing seller basis.
A reconciliation of the Directors’ Valuation to 
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss 
is shown in Note 8 of the financial statements.
Gross Asset Value
The Market Value of all Assets within the Company.
A measure of the total value of the Company’s 
Assets.
The total assets attributable to Ordinary Shares on 
the Statement of Financial Position.
Total Outstanding 
Debt
The total outstanding balances of all debt held within 
the Company and its subsidiaries.
A measure that is used to establish the Company’s 
level of gearing.
The sum of the Sterling equivalent values of all loans 
held within the Company.
Ongoing Charges
Year to 30 June 2024
The Company
£’000s
Immediate Holding Company
£’000s
Total
£’000s
Fees to Investment Adviser
662,531
5,909,672
6,572,203
Legal and professional fees
190,897
309,739
500,636
Administration fees
503,977
-
503,977
Directors’ remuneration
284,166
14,035
298,201
Audit fees
123,815
18,060
141,875
Other ongoing expenses
246,273
165,090
411,363
Total ongoing expenses
2,011,659
6,416,596
8,428,255
Average NAV
824,192,892
Ongoing Charges (using AIC methodology)
1.02%
SUNSET AT AT BRADENSTOKE
123
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SFDR Periodic Disclosures (Unaudited) 
As at 30 June 2024 
1 
ANNEX IV 
Template periodic disclosure for the financial products referred to in Article 8, paragraphs 1, 2 and 2a, of 
Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 and Article 6, first paragraph, of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 
 
Product name: ůƵĞĨŝĞůĚ^ŽůĂƌ/ŶĐŽŵĞ&ƵŶĚ
>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ;ƚŚĞŽŵƉĂŶLJͿ 
Legal entity identifier: ϮϭϯϴϬϬϰdE>zY